EP2430029B1 - Thieno[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives as viral replication inhibitors - Google Patents

Thieno[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives as viral replication inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP2430029B1
EP2430029B1 EP10721773.9A EP10721773A EP2430029B1 EP 2430029 B1 EP2430029 B1 EP 2430029B1 EP 10721773 A EP10721773 A EP 10721773A EP 2430029 B1 EP2430029 B1 EP 2430029B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
methyl
heterocycle
pyridin
alkyl
tetrahydro
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Not-in-force
Application number
EP10721773.9A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP2430029A1 (en
Inventor
Dorothée BARDIOT
Patrick Chaltin
Frauke Christ
Zeger Debyser
Marc De Maeyer
Arnaud Marchand
Damien Marchand
Arnout Voet
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
Original Assignee
Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=40834066&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=EP2430029(B1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Katholieke Universiteit Leuven filed Critical Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
Publication of EP2430029A1 publication Critical patent/EP2430029A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP2430029B1 publication Critical patent/EP2430029B1/en
Not-in-force legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4365—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system having sulfur as a ring hetero atom, e.g. ticlopidine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4375—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a six-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring heteroatom, e.g. quinolizines, naphthyridines, berberine, vincamine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D495/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D495/20—Spiro-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6561—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings
    • C07F9/65616—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings containing the ring system having three or more than three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members, e.g. purine or analogs

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a series of novel compounds having antiviral activity, more specifically HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus) replication inhibiting properties.
  • the invention also relates to methods for the preparation of such compounds, as well as to novel intermediates useful in one or more steps of such syntheses.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of such compounds as active ingredients.
  • This invention further relates to the compounds for use as a medicine, to the use of such compounds as medicines, or in the manufacture of a medicament useful for the treatment of animals suffering from viral infections, in particular HIV infection.
  • a retrovirus designated human immunodeficiency virus is the etiological agent of the complex disease that includes progressive destruction of the immune system (acquired immune deficiency syndrome, hereinafter AIDS) and degeneration of the central and peripheral nervous system.
  • HIV immunodeficiency syndrome
  • HIV-1 and HIV-2 the latter producing a less severe disease than the former.
  • RNA ribonucleic acid
  • coexisting with RNA are reverse transcriptase (having polymerase and ribonuclease activity), integrase, a protease and other proteins.
  • HIV-1 human immunodeficiency virus type 1
  • Replication of the human immunodeficiency virus type 1 can be drastically reduced in infected patients by combining potent antiviral drugs targeted at multiple viral targets, as reviewed by Vandamme et al. in Antiviral Chem. Chemother. (1998) 9:187-203 .
  • a goal of the present invention is to satisfy this urgent need by identifying efficient pharmaceutically active ingredients that are active against HIV, less toxic, more stable (i.e. chemically stable, metabolically stable), effective against viruses resistant to currently available drugs and/or which are more resistant to virus mutations than existing antiviral drugs and that can be useful, either alone or in combination with other active ingredients, for the treatment of retroviral infections, in particular lentiviral infections, and more particularly HIV infections, in mammals and more specifically in humans.
  • physicochemical properties of known drugs may limit or prohibit their use in the treatment of diseases. Therefore, a problem of existing drugs that can be overcome with the compounds of the invention can be selected from a poor or inadequate physicochemical or ADME-Tox properties such as solubility, LogP, CYP inhibition, hepatic stability, plasmatic stability, among others have been taken into account in the design and the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention.
  • another goal of the present invention is to complement existing antiviral drugs in such a way that the resulting drug combination has improved activity or improved resistance to virus mutation than each of the individual compounds.
  • the present invention is based on the unexpected finding that at least one of the above-mentioned problems can be solved by a novel class of thieno[2,3- b ]pyridines according to the claims and derivatives thereof.
  • the present invention provides new anti-viral agents, especially anti-retroviral agents, and more particularly anti-HIV compounds.
  • These compounds are thieno[2,3- b ]pyridines, or analogues or derivatives thereof, which have been shown to possess anti-viral activity, more specifically against HIV.
  • the present invention demonstrates that these compounds efficiently inhibit the replication of HIV. Therefore, these thieno[2,3- b ]pyridines constitute a useful class of new potent anti-viral compounds that can be used in the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections in animals, mammals and humans, more specifically for the treatment and/or prevention of HIV in humans.
  • the present invention furthermore relates to the compounds for use as a medicine, to the use of such compounds as medicines, more specifically as anti-viral agents, and to their use for the manufacture of medicaments for treating and/or preventing viral infections, in particular retroviral infections such as, but not limited to, HIV in humans.
  • the invention also relates to methods for the preparation of all such compounds and to pharmaceutical compositions comprising them in an anti-viral effective amount.
  • the present invention also relates to compounds for use in a method of treatment or prevention of viral infections, in particular retroviral infections such as, but not limited to HIV in humans by the administration of one or more such compounds, optionally in combination with one or more other anti-viral agents, to a patient in need thereof.
  • retroviral infections such as, but not limited to HIV in humans
  • thieno[2,3- b ]pyridine compounds said compounds having a structure according to the formula (A): wherein,
  • R 5 and R 6 are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7-membered unsaturated ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • the compounds are not selected from:
  • R 1 is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -NH-aryl, -O-heterocycle, -S-heterocycle, and -NH-heterocycle, (preferably from aryl or heteroaryl), and yet in a more particular embodiment is selected from phenyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -NH-phenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, and benzo[d][1,3]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl), preferably R 1 is selected from phenyl, wherein said aryl, heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -O-aryl,
  • R 1 is selected from phenyl, tolyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, fluorophenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, ethylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, benzo[d]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl), 2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolinyl, chromanyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, and 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl.
  • R 1 is substituted phenyl, in a particular embodiment substituted with one or more Z 1 .
  • R 1 is phenyl substituted with one or more groups selected from methyl, ethyl, chloro, fluoro, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, and methoxy.
  • R 1 is p-tolyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z 1 . More particularly, R 1 is o-hydroxy-p-tolyl.
  • one of R 2a and R 2b is not hydrogen.
  • one of R 2a and R 2b is hydrogen and the other one is selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, more preferably selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4 alkyl and C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, preferably n-propyl and butoxy, or one of R 2a and R 2b is hydrogen and the other one is taken together with R 3 to form a gamma-lactone radical, preferably a dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one radical.
  • R 3 is selected from -COOH, COOalkyl (preferably -COOMe or -COOEt, more preferably -COOMe), - CN, -C(O)NH 2 , -C(O)NH(CN), -P(O)OH 2 ; preferably R 3 is -COOH or -COOalkyl (preferably -COOMe or -COOEt, more preferably -COOMe), more preferably R 3 is -COOH.
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl or aryl, wherein said alkyl and aryl can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z 1 .
  • R 4 is selected from preferably hydrogen, alkyl or aryl, wherein said alkyl and aryl can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z 1 . More preferably, R 4 is selected from C 1 -C 4 alkyl, even more preferably R 4 is methyl.
  • R 5 and R 6 are taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached;
  • each Z 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; - OZ 2 ; -SZ 2 ; -S(O)Z 3 ; -S(O) 2 Z 3 ; -SO 2 NZ 4 Z 5 ; trifluoromethyl; nitro; -NZ 4 Z 5 ; - NZ 2 S(O) 2 Z 3 cyano; -COOZ 2 ; -C(O)NZ 4 Z 5 ; -C(O)Z 3 ; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
  • the description relates to compounds of formula A, wherein
  • the compounds are not selected from compounds having a structure according to formula (D) wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , and R 4 is as described herein and the dotted line represents an optional double bond; and
  • the compounds have a structure according to formula (A-1), wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , and R 4 is as described herein and
  • the compounds have a structure according to formula (A-1'), wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , and R 4 is as described herein and
  • R'" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -S(O)Z 3 ; -S(O) 2 Z 3 ; -SO 2 NZ 4 Z 5 ; trifluoromethyl; -NZ 4 Z 5 ; - NZ 2 S(O) 2 Z 3 ; cyano; -COOZ 2 ; -C(O)NZ 4 Z 5 ; -C(O)Z 3 ; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
  • the compounds have a structure according to formula A-1 or A-1', wherein:
  • the compounds have a structure according to formula (A-2) wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein and
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A-2) are those having a structure according to formula (A-3) wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , and R 4 is as described herein and
  • Preferred compounds of formulae (A-2) and (A-3) are those wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein, the dotted lines are absent, and X is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 , O and NR"', wherein R'" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkyl, preferably R'" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, acetyl and benzyl.
  • the compounds have a structure according to formula (B), wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein and
  • the compounds have a structure according to formula (B-1) wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein and
  • the compounds of the invention have a structure according to formula (B-2) wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein and
  • Preferred compounds of formula B-2 are those wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein, m is 0, and the dotted lines are absent.
  • the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (B-3), wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein and
  • Preferred compounds of formula B-3 are those wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein, m is 0, and the dotted lines are absent.
  • Preferred compounds of formula B, B-1, B-2 and B-3 are those wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 3 , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein, m is 0, and the dotted lines are absent.
  • Other particular compounds of formula B, B-1, B-2 and B-3 are those wherein R 1 is selected from -O-aryl, -S-aryl, and -NH-aryl, preferably -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -NH-phenyl,
  • Still other preferred compounds of formula B, B-1, B-2 and B-3 are those wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 4 and Z 1 is as described herein and
  • the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (C) or (C'), wherein each of R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , Z 1 and Z 2 are as described herein, including in the embodiments, and
  • the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (C-1) or (C-1'), wherein each of R 1 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z, the dotted lines, n, Z 1 and Z 2 are as described herein, including in the embodiments, and
  • the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (C-2) or (C-2'), wherein each of R 1 , R 2a , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , X, the dotted lines, m, Z 1 and Z 2 are as described herein for formula C-1 and C-1'.
  • the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (C-3), wherein each of R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and Z 1 are as described herein, including in the embodiments, and
  • alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl can be restricted to refer to their cyclic or linear subgroups (such as the linear alkyl or cycloalkyl for alkyl).
  • the compounds of the present invention are selected from the list of:
  • R 1 is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -NH-aryl, -O-heterocycle, -S-heterocycle, -NH-heterocycle (preferably from aryl or heteroaryl), and yet in a more particular embodiment is selected from phenyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -NH-phenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, and benzo[d][1,3]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl), preferably R 1 is selected from phenyl, wherein said aryl, heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl,
  • R 1 is selected from phenyl, tolyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, fluorophenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, ethylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, and benzo[d]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl).
  • R 1 is substituted phenyl, in a particular embodiment substituted with one or more Z 1 .
  • R 1 is phenyl substituted with one or more groups selected from methyl, ethyl, chloro, fluoro, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, and methoxy.
  • R 1 is p-tolyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z 1 . More particularly, R 1 is o-hydroxy-p-tolyl.
  • R 1 is independently selected from arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
  • R1 is selected from -O-aryl, -S-aryl, - NH-aryl, -O-heterocycle, -S-heterocycle and -NH-heterocycle.
  • one of R 2a and R 2b is not hydrogen.
  • one of R 2a and R 2b is hydrogen and the other one is selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, more preferably selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 4 alkyl and C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, preferably n-propyl and butoxy, or one of R 2a and R 2b is hydrogen and the other one is taken together with R 3 to form a gamma-lactone radical, preferably a dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one radical.
  • R 3 is selected from -COOH, COOalkyl (preferably-COOMe or -COOEt, more preferably -COOMe), -CN, -C(O)NH 2 ,-C(O)NH(CN), -P(O)OH 2 ; preferably R 3 is -COOH or -COOalkyl (preferably -COOMe or -COOEt, more preferably -COOMe), more preferably R 3 is -COOH.
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl or aryl, wherein said alkyl and aryl can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z 1 .
  • R 4 is selected from preferably hydrogen, alkyl or aryl, wherein said alkyl and aryl can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z 1 . More preferably, R 4 is selected from C 1 -C 4 alkyl, even more preferably R 4 is methyl.
  • R 5 and R 6 are taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached;
  • the invention relates to the compounds as described herein for use as a medicament or a medicine, more in particular for use as an antiviral medicament and for the use in the prevention or treatment of a viral infection in a subject (animal, mammal or human).
  • the present invention also relates to the compounds as defined in the claims herein for use as antiviral compounds, more particularly as compounds active against retroviruses, yet morein particular against HIV.
  • the invention also relates to the use of the compounds of the invention for the manufacture of a medicament or as a pharmaceutically active ingredient, especially as a virus replication inhibitor, for instance for the manufacture of a medicament or pharmaceutical composition having antiviral activity for the prevention and/or treatment of viral infections in humans, mammals and animals in general.
  • the present invention further relates to compounds as claimed for use in a method of prevention or treatment of a viral infection, preferably a retroviral infection in an animal, including mammals, including a human, comprising administering to the animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention as an active ingredient, preferably in admixture with at least a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Another aspect of the invention further relates to methods for the preparation of compounds of formulae and claims herein. Also the intermediates used in the preparation methods described herein are aspects of the present description.
  • One embodiment relates to a method for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention comprising the steps of:
  • compositions comprising the compounds of the invention according to formulae and claims herein in admixture with at least a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the active ingredient preferably being in a concentration range of about 0.1 to 100% by weight, and to the use of these derivatives namely as drugs useful for the treatment of subjects suffering from a viral infection, in particular a retroviral infection.
  • the invention further relates to the use of a composition
  • a composition comprising (a) one or more compounds of the invention (of formulae and claims herein), and (b) one or more viral inhibitors as biologically active agents in respective proportions such as to provide a synergistic effect against a viral infection in a mammal, for instance in the form of a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in viral infection therapy.
  • the viral enzyme inhibitors used as a therapeutically active ingredients (b) may belong to categories already known in the art.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be combined with the following compounds:
  • the invention relates to the compounds of formulae, embodiments and claims herein being useful as agents having biological activity or as diagnostic agents. Any of the uses mentioned with respect to the present invention may be restricted to a non-medical use, a non-therapeutic use, a non-diagnostic use, or exclusively an in vitro use, or a use related to cells remote from an animal.
  • the invention further relates to the compounds of the invention for use as chemical tools for virology and biochemistry. In particular, they can be used as research tools to investigate HIV biology.
  • heteroalkyl refers to a group where one or more carbon atoms are replaced by an oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur atom and thus includes, depending on the group to which is referred, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkenyl, cycloheteroalkynyl, heteroaryl, arylheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroaryl heteroalkenyl, heteroaryl heteroalkenyl, aryl heteroalkynyl, heteroarylalkynyl, heteroarylheteroalkynyl, among others.
  • This term therefore comprises, depending on the group to which is referred, as an example alkoxy, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, alkyl-O-alkylene, alkenyl-O-alkylene, arylalkoxy, benzyloxy, heterocycle-heteroalkyl, heterocycle-alkoxy, among others.
  • alkyl which optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms consisting of O, S, and N therefore refers to heteroalkyl, meaning an alkyl which comprises one or more heteroatoms in the hydrocarbon chain, whereas the heteroatoms may be positioned at the beginning of the hydrocarbon chain, in the hydrocarbon chain or at the end of the hydrocarbon chain.
  • heteroalkyl examples include methoxy, methylthio, ethoxy, propoxy, CH 3 -O-CH 2 -, CH 3 -S-CH 2 -, CH 3 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -, CH 3 -NH-, (CH 3 ) 2 -N-, (CH 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -NH-CH 2 -CH 2 -, among many other examples.
  • arylalkyl which optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the alkyl chain, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms consisting of O, S, and N
  • arylheteroalkyl meaning an arylalkyl which comprises one or more heteroatoms in the hydrocarbon chain, whereas the heteroatoms may be positioned at the beginning of the hydrocarbon chain, in the hydrocarbon chain or at the end of the hydrocarbon chain.
  • Arylheteroalkyl thus includes aryloxy, arylalkoxy, aryl-alkyl-NH- and the like and examples are phenyloxy, benzyloxy, aryl-CH 2 -S-CH 2 -, aryl-CH 2 -O-CH 2 -, aryl-NH-CH 2 - among many other examples.
  • the expression "wherein said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N” means any 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated cycloalkyl moiety, any 5, 6 or 7-membered aryl moiety, and any 5, 6 or 7-membered mono-unsaturated, mutli-unsaturated or aromatic O, S and/or N containing heterocycle.
  • a leaving group means a chemical group which is susceptible to be displaced by a nucleophile or cleaved off or hydrolysed in basic or acidic conditions.
  • a leaving group is selected from a halogen atom (e.g., CI, Br, I) or a sulfonate (e.g., mesylate, tosylate, triflate).
  • alkyl as used herein means C 1 -C 18 normal, secondary, or tertiary, linear or cyclic, branched or straight hydrocarbon with no site of unsaturation. Examples are methyl, ethyl, 1-propyl, 2-propyl, 1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl(i-Bu), 2-butyl (s-Bu) 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl), 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 1-hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-3-pentyl, 2-methyl-3-pentyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl, cycl
  • linear alkyl as used herein means C 1 -C 18 normal, secondary, or tertiary, linear, branched or straight, hydrocarbon with no site of unsaturation. Examples are methyl, ethyl, 1-propyl, 2-propyl, 1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl(i-Bu), 2-butyl (s-Bu) 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl), 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 1-hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-3-pentyl, 2-methyl-3-pentyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl and 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl.
  • cycloalkyl means a monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon monovalent radical having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms, such as for instance cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like, or a C 7-10 polycyclic saturated hydrocarbon monovalent radical having from 7 to 10 carbon atoms such as, for instance, norbornyl, fenchyl, trimethyltricycloheptyl or adamantyl.
  • alkenyl as used herein is C 2 -C 18 normal, secondary or tertiary, linear or cyclic, branched or straight hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond.
  • sites usually 1 to 3, preferably 1 of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond.
  • the double bond may be in the cis or trans configuration.
  • the term alkenyl refers to C 1-12 hydrocarbons, yet more in particular to C 1-6 hydrocarbons as further defined herein above.
  • linear alkenyl refers to C 2 -C 18 normal, secondary or tertiary, linear, branched or straight hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond.
  • sites usually 1 to 3, preferably 1 of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond.
  • the double bond may be in the cis or trans configuration.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to C 2 -C 18 normal, secondary or tertiary, cyclic hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: cyclopentenyl (-C 5 H 7 ) and cyclohexenyl (-C 6 H 9 ).
  • the double bond may be in the cis or trans configuration.
  • alkynyl refers to C 2 -C 18 normal, secondary, tertiary, linear or cyclic, branched or straight hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: acetylenic (-C ⁇ CH) and propargyl (-CH 2 C ⁇ CH).
  • alkenyl refers to C 1-12 hydrocarbons, yet more in particular to C 1-6 hydrocarbons as further defined herein above.
  • linear alkynyl refers to C 2 -C 18 normal, secondary, tertiary, linear, branched or straight hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: acetylenic (-C ⁇ CH) and propargyl (-CH 2 C ⁇ CH).
  • cycloalkynyl refers to C 2 -C 18 normal, secondary, tertiary, cyclic hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: cyclohex-1-yne and ethylene-cyclohex-1-yne.
  • alkylene each refer to a saturated, branched or straight chain hydrocarbon radical of 1-18 carbon atoms (more in particular 1-12 or 1-6 carbon atoms), and having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane.
  • Typical alkylene radicals include, but are not limited to: methylene (-CH 2 -) 1,2-ethyl (-CH 2 CH 2 -), 1,3-propyl (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), 1,4-butyl (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), and the like.
  • aryl as used herein means a aromatic hydrocarbon radical of 6-20 carbon atoms derived by the removal of hydrogen from a carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system.
  • Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to 1 ring, or 2 or 3 rings fused together, radicals derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and the like.
  • parent aromatic ring system means a monocyclic aromatic ring system or a bi- or tricyclic ring system of which at least one ring is aromatic.
  • typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to 1 ring, or 2 or 3 rings fused together, radicals derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indenyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalenyl, 1,2,6,7,8,8a-hexahydroacenaphthylenyl, 1,2-dihydroacenaphthylenyl, and the like.
  • Arylalkyl refers to an alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical.
  • Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethen-1-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, 2-naphthylethen-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like.
  • the arylalkyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Arylalkenyl refers to an alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical.
  • the arylalkenyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkenyl moiety of the arylalkenyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Arylalkynyl refers to an alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical.
  • the arylalkynyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkynyl moiety of the arylalkynyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • heterocycle as used herein means a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring system including at least one N, O, S, or P. Heterocycle thus includeheteroaryl groups. Heterocycle as used herein includes by way of example and not limitation these heterocycles described in Paquette, Leo A.”Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry” (W.A. Benjamin, New York, 1968 ), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; “ The Chemistry ofHeterocyclic Compounds, A series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, NewYork, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28 ; Katritzky, Alan R., Rees, C.W. and Scriven, E.
  • the term means pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, bis-t
  • Heterocycle-alkyl refers to an alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyle radical.
  • An example of a heterocycle-alkyl group is 2-pyridyl-methylene.
  • the heterocycle-alkyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkyl moiety of the heterocycle-alkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocycle moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Heterocycle-alkenyl refers to an alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with an heterocycle radical.
  • the heterocycle-alkenyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkenyl moiety of the heterocycle-alkenyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocycle moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Heterocycle-alkynyl refers to an alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocycle radical.
  • the heterocycle-alkynyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkynyl moiety of the heterocycle-alkynyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocycle moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Heteroaryl means means an aromatic ring system including at least one N, O, S, or P.
  • heteroaryl include but are not limited to pyridyl, dihydropyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, s-triazinyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, furanyl, thiofuranyl, thienyl, and pyrrolyl.
  • Heteroaryl-alkyl refers to an alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyle radical.
  • An example of a heteroaryl-alkyl group is 2-pyridyl-methylene.
  • the heteroaryl-alkyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkyl moiety of the heteroaryl-alkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heteroaryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Heteroaryl-alkenyl refers to an alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with an heteroaryl radical.
  • the heteroaryl-alkenyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkenyl moiety of the heteroaryl-alkenyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heteroaryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Heteroaryl-alkynyl refers to an alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with a heteroaryl radical.
  • the heteroaryl-alkynyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkynyl moiety of the heteroaryl-alkynyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heteroaryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • carbon bonded heterocyclic rings are bonded at position 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridine, position 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyrimidine, position 2, 3, 5, or 6 of a pyrazine, position 2, 3, 4, or 5 of a furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiofuran, thiophene, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole, position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or thiazole, position 3, 4, or 5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of an aziridine, position 2, 3, or 4 of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of an isoquinoline.
  • carbon bonded heterocycles include 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 5-pyridyl, 6-pyridyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 5-pyridazinyl, 6-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 6-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl, 5-pyrazinyl, 6-pyrazinyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, or 5-thiazolyl.
  • nitrogen bonded heterocyclic rings are bonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, 1 H-indazole, position 2 of a isoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 of a carbazole, or ⁇ -carboline.
  • nitrogen bonded heterocycles include 1-aziridyl, 1-azetedyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, and 1-piperidinyl.
  • alkoxy refers to substituents wherein an alkyl radical, respectively a cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or heterocycle radical (each of them such as defined herein), are attached to an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom through a single bond, such as but not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, thioethyl, thiomethyl, phenyloxy, benzyloxy, mercaptobenzyl and the like.
  • alkenyl and alkynyl radicals in stead of alkyl.
  • halogen means any atom selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • Substituents optionally are designated with or without bonds. Regardless of bond indications, if a substituent is polyvalent (based on its position in the structure referred to), then any and all possible orientations of the substituent are intended.
  • the compounds of the invention optionally are bound covalently to an insoluble matrix and used for affinity chromatography (separations, depending on the nature of the groups of the compounds, for example compounds with pendant aryl are useful in hydrophobic affinity separations.
  • the compounds of the invention are employed for the treatment or prophylaxis of viral infections, more particularly retroviral infections, in particular HIV infections.
  • viral infections more particularly retroviral infections, in particular HIV infections.
  • the present invention further relates to compounds for use in a method for preventing or treating a viral infections in a subject or patient.
  • the suitable dosage is usually in the range of 0.001 mg to 60 mg, optionally 0.01 mg to 10 mg, optionally 0.1 mg to 1 mg per day per kg bodyweight for humans.
  • the said effective amount may be divided into several sub-units per day or may be administered at more than one day intervals.
  • the evaluation of a synergistic effect in a drug combination may be made by analyzing the quantification of the interactions between individual drugs, using the median effect principle described by Chou et al. in Adv. Enzyme Reg. (1984) 22:27 .
  • Synergistic activity of the pharmaceutical compositions or combined preparations of this invention against viral infection may also be readily determined by means of one or more tests such as, but not limited to, the isobologram method, as previously described by Elion et al. in J. Biol. Chem. (1954) 208:477-488 and by Baba et al. in Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (1984) 25:515-517 , using EC 50 for calculating the fractional inhibitory concentration (hereinafter referred as FIC).
  • FIC fractional inhibitory concentration
  • the combination When the minimum FIC index corresponding to the FIC of combined compounds (e.g., FIC x + FIC y ) is equal to 1.0, the combination is said to be additive; when it is between 1.0 and 0.5, the combination is defined as subsynergistic, and when it is lower than 0.5, the combination is by defined as synergistic. When the minimum FIC index is between 1.0 and 2.0, the combination is defined as subantagonistic and, when it is higher than 2.0, the combination is defined as antagonistic.
  • This principle may be applied to a combination of different antiviral drugs of the invention or to a combination of the antiviral drugs of the invention with other drugs that exhibit anti-HIV activity.
  • the pharmaceutical composition or combined preparation with synergistic activity against viral infection according to this invention may contain the thieno[2,3- b ]pyridines derivatives of the present invention over a broad content range depending on the contemplated use and the expected effect of the preparation.
  • the content of the thieno[2,3- b ]pyridines derivatives of the present invention of the combined preparation is within the range of 0.1 to 99.9% by weight, preferably from 1 to 99% by weight, more preferably from 5 to 95% by weight.
  • the compounds of the invention may be employed in combination with other therapeutic agents for the treatment or prophylaxis of retroviral infections, more preferably HIV.
  • the invention therefore relates to the use of a composition comprising:
  • the invention relates to the compounds of formula (B2) as claimed being useful as agents having biological activity (particularly antiviral activity) or as diagnostic agents.
  • Any of the uses mentioned with respect to the present invention may be restricted to a non-medical use, a non-therapeutic use, a non-diagnostic use, or exclusively an in vitro use, or a use related to cells remote from an animal.
  • the compounds of the invention may exist in many different protonation states, depending on, among other things, the pH of their environment. While the structural formulae provided herein depict the compounds in only one of several possible protonation states, it will be understood that these structures are illustrative only, and that the invention is not limited to any particular protonation state - any and all protonated forms of the compounds are intended to fall within the scope of the invention.
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" as used herein means the therapeutically active non-toxic salt forms which the compounds of formulae herein are able to form. Therefore, the compounds of this invention optionally comprise salts of the compounds herein, especially pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salts containing, for example, Na + , Li + , K + , NH4 + , Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ .
  • Such salts may include those derived by combination of appropriate cations such as alkali and alkaline earth metal ions or ammonium and quaternary amino ions with an acid anion moiety, typically a carboxylic acid.
  • the compounds of the invention may bear multiple positive or negative charges. The net charge of the compounds of the invention may be either positive or negative.
  • any associated counter ions are typically dictated by the synthesis and/or isolation methods by which the compounds are obtained.
  • Typical counter ions include, but are not limited to ammonium, sodium, potassium, lithium, halides, acetate, trifluoroacetate, etc., and mixtures thereof. It will be understood that the identity of any associated counter ion is not a critical feature of the invention, and that the invention encompasses the compounds in association with any type of counter ion.
  • the invention is intended to encompass not only forms of the compounds that are in association with counter ions (e.g., dry salts), but also forms that are not in association with counter ions (e.g., aqueous or organic solutions).
  • Metal salts typically are prepared by reacting the metal hydroxide with a compound of this invention.
  • metal salts which are prepared in this way are salts containing Li+, Na + , and K + .
  • a less soluble metal salt can be precipitated from the solution of a more soluble salt by addition of the suitable metal compound.
  • salts may be formed from acid addition of certain organic and inorganic acids to basic centers, typically amines, or to acidic groups. Examples of such appropriate acids include, for instance, inorganic acids such as hydrohalogen acids, e.g.
  • hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like; or organic acids such as, for example, acetic, propanoic, hydroxyacetic, 2-hydroxypropanoic, 2-oxopropanoic, lactic, pyruvic, oxalic (i.e. ethanedioic), malonic, succinic (i.e. butanedioic acid), maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclohexanesulfamic, salicylic (i.e.
  • compositions herein comprise compounds of the invention in their unionized, as well as zwitterionic form, and combinations with stoichiometric amounts of water as in hydrates.
  • the salts of the parental compounds with one or more amino acids are included within the scope of this invention.
  • the amino acid typically is one bearing a side chain with a basic or acidic group, e.g., lysine, arginine or glutamic acid, or a neutral group such as glycine, serine, threonine, alanine, isoleucine, or leucine.
  • the compounds of the invention also include physiologically acceptable salts thereof.
  • physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention include salts derived from an appropriate base, such as an alkali metal (for example, sodium), an alkaline earth (for example, magnesium), ammonium and NX 4 + (wherein X is C 1 -C 4 alkyl).
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of an hydrogen atom or an amino group include salts of organic carboxylic acids such as acetic, benzoic, lactic, fumaric, tartaric, maleic, malonic, malic, isethionic, lactobionic and succinic acids; organic sulfonic acids, such as methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic and p-toluenesulfonic acids; and inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric and sulfamic acids.
  • organic carboxylic acids such as acetic, benzoic, lactic, fumaric, tartaric, maleic, malonic, malic, isethionic, lactobionic and succinic acids
  • organic sulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic and p-toluenesulfonic acids
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of a compound containing a hydroxy group include the anion of said compound in combination with a suitable cation such as Na + and NX 4 + (wherein X typically is independently selected from H or a C 1 -C 4 alkyl group).
  • a suitable cation such as Na + and NX 4 + (wherein X typically is independently selected from H or a C 1 -C 4 alkyl group).
  • salts of acids or bases which are not physiologically acceptable may also find use, for example, in the preparation or purification of a physiologically acceptable compound. All salts, whether or not derived from a physiologically acceptable acid or base, are within the scope of the present invention.
  • enantiomer means each individual optically active form of a compound of the invention, having an optical purity or enantiomeric excess (as determined by methods standard in the art) of at least 80% (i.e. at least 90% of one enantiomer and at most 10% of the other enantiomer), preferably at least 90% and more preferably at least 98%.
  • isomers means all possible isomeric forms, including tautomeric and stereochemical forms, which the compounds of formulae herein may possess, but not including position isomers.
  • the structures shown herein exemplify only one tautomeric or resonance form of the compounds, but the corresponding alternative configurations are contemplated as well.
  • the chemical designation of compounds denotes the mixture of all possible stereochemically isomeric forms, said mixtures containing all diastereomers and enantiomers (since the compounds of formulae herein may have at least one chiral center) of the basic molecular structure, as well as the stereochemically pure or enriched compounds. More particularly, stereogenic centers may have either the R- or S-configuration, and multiple bonds may have either cis- or trans-configuration.
  • stereoisomerically pure or “chirally pure” relates to compounds having a stereoisomeric excess of at least about 80% (i.e. at least 90% of one isomer and at most 10% of the other possible isomers), preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 94% and most preferably at least 97%.
  • enantiomerically pure and “diastereomerically pure” should be understood in a similar way, having regard to the enantiomeric excess, respectively the diastereomeric excess, of the mixture in question.
  • stereoisomers Separation of stereoisomers is accomplished by standard methods known to those in the art.
  • One enantiomer of a compound of the invention can be separated substantially free of its opposing enantiomer by a method such as formation of diastereomers using optically active resolving agents (" Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds,” (1962) by E. L. Eliel, McGraw Hill ; Lochmuller, C. H., (1975) J. Chromatogr., 113:(3) 283-302 ).
  • Separation of isomers in a mixture can be accomplished by any suitable method, including: (1) formation of ionic, diastereomeric salts with chiral compounds and separation by fractional crystallization or other methods, (2) formation of diastereomeric compounds with chiral derivatizing reagents, separation of the diastereomers, and conversion to the pure enantiomers, or (3) enantiomers can be separated directly under chiral conditions.
  • diastereomeric salts can be formed by reaction of enantiomerically pure chiral bases such as brucine, quinine, ephedrine, strychnine, a-methyl-b-phenylethylamine (amphetamine), and the like with asymmetric compounds bearing acidic functionality, such as carboxylic acid and sulfonic acid.
  • the diastereomeric salts may be induced to separate by fractional crystallization or ionic chromatography.
  • addition of chiral carboxylic or sulfonic acids such as camphorsulfonic acid, tartaric acid, mandelic acid, or lactic acid can result in formation of the diastereomeric salts.
  • the substrate to be resolved may be reacted with one enantiomer of a chiral compound to form a diastereomeric pair
  • a diastereomeric pair Eliel, E. and Wilen, S. (1994) Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., p. 322 .
  • Diastereomeric compounds can be formed by reacting asymmetric compounds with enantiomerically pure chiral derivatizing reagents, such as menthyl derivatives, followed by separation of the diastereomers and hydrolysis to yield the free, enantiomerically enriched xanthene.
  • a method of determining optical purity involves making chiral esters, such as a menthyl ester or Mosher ester, a-methoxy-a-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl acetate ( Jacob III. (1982) J. Org. Chem. 47:4165 ), of the racemic mixture, and analyzing the NMR spectrum for the presence of the two atropisomeric diastereomers.
  • Stable diastereomers can be separated and isolated by normal- and reverse-phase chromatography following methods for separation of atropisomeric naphthyl-isoquinolines ( Hoye, T., WO 96/15111 ).
  • a racemic mixture of two asymmetric enantiomers is separated by chromatography using a chiral stationary phase.
  • Suitable chiral stationary phases are, for example, polysaccharides, in particular cellulose or amylose derivatives.
  • Commercially available polysaccharide based chiral stationary phases are ChiralCelTM CA, OA, OB5, OC5, OD, OF, OG, OJ and OK, and ChiralpakTM AD, AS, OP(+) and OT(+).
  • Appropriate eluents or mobile phases for use in combination with said polysaccharide chiral stationary phases are hexane and the like, modified with an alcohol such as ethanol, isopropanol and the like.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated with conventional carriers and excipients, which will be selected in accordanc with standard practice. Tablets will contain excipients, glidants, fillers, binders and the like. Aqueous formulations are prepared in sterile form, and when intended for delivery by other than oral administration generally will be isotonic. Formulations optionally contain excipients such as those set forth in the " Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients" (1986 ) and include ascorbic acid and other antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA, carbohydrates such as dextrin, hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid and the like.
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” as used herein means any material or substance with which the active ingredient is formulated in order to facilitate its application or dissemination to the locus to be treated, for instance by dissolving, dispersing or diffusing the said composition, and/or to facilitate its storage, transport or handling without impairing its effectiveness.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may be a solid or a liquid or a gas which has been compressed to form a liquid, i.e. the compositions of this invention can suitably be used as concentrates, emulsions, solutions, granulates, dusts, sprays, aerosols, suspensions, ointments, creams, tablets, pellets or powders.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical carriers for use in the said pharmaceutical compositions and their formulation are well known to those skilled in the art, and there is no particular restriction to their selection within the present invention. They may also include additives such as wetting agents, dispersing agents, stickers, adhesives, emulsifying agents, solvents, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents (for example phenol, sorbic acid, chlorobutanol), isotonic agents (such as sugars or sodium chloride) and the like, provided the same are consistent with pharmaceutical practice, i.e. carriers and additives which do not create permanent damage to mammals.
  • additives such as wetting agents, dispersing agents, stickers, adhesives, emulsifying agents, solvents, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents (for example phenol, sorbic acid, chlorobutanol), isotonic agents (such as sugars or sodium chloride) and the like, provided the same are consistent with pharmaceutical practice, i.e. carriers and additives which do not create permanent damage to mammals.
  • compositions of the present invention may be prepared in any known manner, for instance by homogeneously mixing, coating and/or grinding the active ingredients, in a one-step or multi-steps procedure, with the selected carrier material and, where appropriate, the other additives such as surface-active agents.
  • Suitable surface-active agents also known as emulgent or emulsifier, to be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are non-ionic, cationic and/or anionic materials having good emulsifying, dispersing and/or wetting properties.
  • Suitable anionic surfactants include both water-soluble soaps and water-soluble synthetic surface-active agents.
  • Suitable soaps are alkaline or alkaline-earth metal salts, unsubstituted or substituted ammonium salts of higher fatty acids (C 10 -C 22 ), e.g. the sodium or potassium salts of oleic or stearic acid, or of natural fatty acid mixtures obtainable from coconut oil or tallow oil.
  • Synthetic surfactants include sodium or calcium salts of polyacrylic acids; fatty sulphonates and sulphates; sulphonated benzimidazole derivatives and alkylarylsulphonates.
  • Fatty sulphonates or sulphates are usually in the form of alkaline or alkaline-earth metal salts, unsubstituted ammonium salts or ammonium salts substituted with an alkyl or acyl radical having from 8 to 22 carbon atoms, e.g.
  • Suitable sulphonated benzimidazole derivatives preferably contain 8 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • alkylarylsulphonates are the sodium, calcium or alcoholamine salts of dodecylbenzene sulphonic acid or dibutyl-naphthalenesulphonic acid or a naphthalene-sulphonic acid/formaldehyde condensation product.
  • corresponding phosphates e.g. salts of phosphoric acid ester and an adduct of p-nonylphenol with ethylene and/or propylene oxide, or phospholipids.
  • Suitable phospholipids for this purpose are the natural (originating from animal or plant cells) or synthetic phospholipids of the cephalin or lecithin type such as e.g.
  • phosphatidylethanolamine phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerine, lysolecithin, cardiolipin, dioctanylphosphatidyl-choline, dipalmitoylphoshatidyl -choline and their mixtures.
  • Suitable non-ionic surfactants include polyethoxylated and polypropoxylated derivatives of alkylphenols, fatty alcohols, fatty acids, aliphatic amines or amides containing at least 12 carbon atoms in the molecule, alkylarenesulphonates and dialkylsulphosuccinates, such as polyglycol ether derivatives of aliphatic and cycloaliphatic alcohols, saturated and unsaturated fatty acids and alkylphenols, said derivatives preferably containing 3 to 10 glycol ether groups and 8 to 20 carbon atoms in the (aliphatic) hydrocarbon moiety and 6 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety of the alkylphenol.
  • non-ionic surfactants are water-soluble adducts of polyethylene oxide with poylypropylene glycol, ethylenediaminopolypropylene glycol containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, which adducts contain 20 to 250 ethyleneglycol ether groups and/or 10 to 100 propyleneglycol ether groups.
  • Such compounds usually contain from 1 to 5 ethyleneglycol units per propyleneglycol unit.
  • non-ionic surfactants are nonylphenol - polyethoxyethanol, castor oil polyglycolic ethers, polypropylene/polyethylene oxide adducts, tributylphenoxypolyethoxyethanol, polyethyleneglycol and octylphenoxypolyethoxyethanol.
  • Fatty acid esters of polyethylene sorbitan such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate
  • glycerol glycerol
  • sorbitan sucrose and pentaerythritol are also suitable non-ionic surfactants.
  • Suitable cationic surfactants include quaternary ammonium salts, particularly halides, having 4 hydrocarbon radicals optionally substituted with halo, phenyl, substituted phenyl or hydroxy; for instance quaternary ammonium salts containing as N-substituent at least one C8C22 alkyl radical (e.g. cetyl, lauryl, palmityl, myristyl, oleyl and the like) and, as further substituents, unsubstituted or halogenated lower alkyl, benzyl and/or hydroxy-lower alkyl radicals.
  • C8C22 alkyl radical e.g. cetyl, lauryl, palmityl, myristyl, oleyl and the like
  • Compounds of the invention and their physiologically acceptable salts may be administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated, suitable routes including oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including ocular, buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural).
  • suitable routes including oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including ocular, buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural).
  • the preferred route of administration may vary with for example the condition of the recipient.
  • the formulations both for veterinary and for human use, of the present invention comprise at least one active ingredient, as above described, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers therefore and optionally other. therapeutic ingredients.
  • the carrier(s) optimally are "acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • the formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural) administration.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
  • the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • a tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent.
  • Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
  • For infections of the eye or other external tissues e.g.
  • the formulations are optionally applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w/w (including active ingredient(s) in a range between 0.1% and 20% in increments of 0.1% w/w such as 0.6% w/w, 0.7% w/w, etc), preferably 0.2 to 15% w/w and most preferably 0.5 to 10% w/w.
  • the active ingredients may be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e. an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG400) and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogs.
  • the oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Optionally, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax
  • the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low.
  • the cream should optionally be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient.
  • the active ingredient is optionally present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% particularly about 1.5% w/w.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salicylate.
  • Formulations suitable for nasal administration wherein the carrier is a solid include a coarse powder having a particle size for example in the range 20 to 500 microns (including particle sizes in a range between 20 and 500 microns in increments of 5 microns such as 30 microns, 35 microns, etc), which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e. by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
  • Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid, for administration as for example a nasal spray or as nasal drops include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient.
  • Formulations suitable for aerosol administration may be prepared according to conventional methods and may be delivered with other therapeutic agents.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of an active ingredient.
  • formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
  • Controlled release formulations adapted for oral administration in which discrete units comprising one or more compounds of the invention can be prepared according to conventional methods.
  • Control release compositions may thus be achieved by selecting appropriate polymer carriers such as for example polyesters, polyamino acids, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, protamine sulphatesulphate and the like.
  • the rate of drug release and duration of action may also be controlled by incorporating the active ingredient into particles, e.g. microcapsules, of a polymeric substance such as hydrogels, polylactic acid, hydroxymethylcellulose, polymethyl methacrylate and the other above-described polymers.
  • Such methods include colloid drug delivery systems like liposomes, microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles, nanocapsules and so on.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may require protective coatings.
  • Pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectionable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation thereof. Typical carriers for this purpose therefore include biocompatible aqueous buffers, ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like and mixtures thereof.
  • each active ingredient may therefore be formulated in a way suitable for an administration route different from that of the other ingredient, e.g. one of them may be in the form of an oral or parenteral formulation whereas the other is in the form of an ampoule for intravenous injection or an aerosol.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be desirable to formulate in the form of a chemical species which itself is not significantly biologically-active, but which when delivered to the animal will undergo a chemical reaction catalyzed by the normal function of the body of the animal, inter alia, enzymes present in the stomach or in blood serum, said chemical reaction having the effect of releasing a compound as defined herein.
  • the term "pro-drug” thus relates to these species which are converted in vivo into the active pharmaceutical ingredient.
  • the prodrugs can have any form suitable to the formulator, for example, esters are non-limiting common pro-drug forms.
  • the pro-drug may necessarily exist in a form wherein a covalent bond is cleaved by the action of an enzyme present at the target locus.
  • a C-C covalent bond may be selectively cleaved by one or more enzymes at said target locus and, therefore, a pro-drug in a form other than an easily hydrolysable precursor, inter alia an ester, an amide, and the like, may be used.
  • the counterpart of the active pharmaceutical ingredient in the pro-drug can have different structures such as an amino acid or peptide structure, alkyl chains, sugar moieties and others as known in the art.
  • therapeutically suitable prodrug is defined herein as "a compound modified in such a way as to be transformed in vivo to the therapeutically active form, whether by way of a single or by multiple biological transformations, when in contact with the tissues of the animal, mammal or human to which the pro-drug has been administered, and without undue toxicity, irritation, or allergic response, and achieving the intended therapeutic outcome ".
  • prodrug relates to an inactive or significantly less active derivative of a compound such as represented by the structural formula (I), which undergoes spontaneous or enzymatic transformation within the body in order to release the pharmacologically active form of the compound.
  • structural formula (I) a compound such as represented by the structural formula (I)
  • Rautio J. et al. Prodrugs: design and clinical applications” Nature Reviews Drug Discovery, 2008 , doi: 10.1038/nrd2468).
  • the compounds of the invention can be prepared while using a series of chemical reactions well known to those skilled in the art, altogether making up the process for preparing said compounds and exemplified further.
  • the processes described further are only meant as examples and by no means are meant to limit the scope of the present invention.
  • a beta-ketonitrile of formula II (commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below), can be reacted with a compound of formula III in the presence of sulfur (or in particular embodiment with a sulfur source such as p -dithiane-2,5-diol and 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane) and a strong base (e.g., DBU, morpholine, triethylamine, Among a polar protic solvent (e.g., methanol, ethanol, propan-2-ol, ...) or in a polar aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature raising from 60°C to 100°C, to yield the expected 2-aminothiophene derivative of formula IV.
  • sulfur or in particular embodiment with a sulfur source such as p -dithiane-2,5-diol and 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-
  • R 5 and R 6 are hydrogens or when for example one of R 5 and R 6 is a hydrogen, and the other of R 5 and R 6 is a alkyl (such as methyl), p -dithiane-2,5-diol and 2,5-dialkyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane (such as 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane) can be used as a sulfur source respectively.
  • the intermediate of formula IV can then be reacted with a gamma-ketoester (commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below) having a general formula V in the presence of trimethyl chlorosilane in a polar aprotic solvent (e.g., DMF, DMAc, ...) at high temperature (most preferably 100°C) to yield to the desired compounds having a general formula VI.
  • a gamma-ketoester commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below
  • Z 2 is an alkyl (ester protecting group) such as methyl or ethyl.
  • Compounds of general formula VII can be obtained from compounds with formula VI and derivatives R 2a X and/or R 2b X, wherein X is a leaving group such as a halogen atom (e.g., Cl, Br, I) or a sulfonate (e.g., mesylate, tosylate, triflate) following procedures that are known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below.
  • X is a leaving group such as a halogen atom (e.g., Cl, Br, I) or a sulfonate (e.g., mesylate, tosylate, triflate) following procedures that are known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below.
  • compounds of general formula VII can also be obtained from intermediates of formula IV and intermediates of formula X (commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below).
  • a cyanoacetate derivative of formula XI (commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art), wherein R is an ester protecting group (e.g., methyl, ethyl and the like), can be reacted with a compound of formula III in the presence of sulfur (or in particular embodiment with a sulfur source such as p -dithiane-2,5-diol and 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane) and a strong base (e.g., DBU, morpholine, triethylamine, ...) in a polar protic solvent (e.g., methanol, ethanol, propan-2-ol, ...) or in a polar aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature raising from 60°C to 100°C, to yield the expected 2-aminothiophene derivative of formula XII.
  • sulfur or in particular embodiment with a sulfur source such as p -dithiane-2
  • R 5 and R 6 are hydrogens or when for example one of R 5 and R 6 is a hydrogen, and the other of R 5 and R 6 is a alkyl (such as methyl), p- dithiane-2,5-diol and 2,5-dialkyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane (such as 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane) can be used as a sulfur source respectively.
  • Intermediates of formula XII can be reacted with intermediates of formula XIII (commercially available or synthesized by procedures known to the skilled in the art) wherein Z 2 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl and the like) in an apolar aprotic solvent (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene and the like) at a temperature raising from 80 to 140°C to provide enamine intermediates which are converted into intermediates of general formula XIV in the presence of a strong base (e.g., sodium hydride, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, ...) in a polar protic solvent (e.g., alcohol, ).
  • a strong base e.g., sodium hydride, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, .
  • a polar protic solvent e.g., alcohol, .
  • Intermediates XIV are then converted in intermediates of formula XV by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below, and wherein LG is a leaving group only selected from halogen. It is known for the skilled in the art that when LG is a chlorine atom, this atom can be exchange for a more reactive halogen atom (bromine or iodine) using substitution reactions which are known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below.
  • Intermediates of formula XV can then be converted into intermediates of formula XVI by reduction of the ester functionality using standard reducing agents (LiAlH 4 and most preferably DIBAL) in polar aprotic solvents (e.g., THF, dichloromethane and the like) at a temperature ranging from -78°C to 0°C (most preferably -78°C).
  • polar aprotic solvents e.g., THF, dichloromethane and the like
  • Intermediates of general formula XX may be obtained by reacting intermediates of formula XIX with suitable R 2a X and or R 2b X, wherein X is a leaving group such as a halogen atom (e.g., Cl, Br, I) or a sulfonate (e.g., mesylate, tosylate, triflate) in the presence of a strong base (e.g., NaH, LiHMDS, DBU and the like) in a polar aprotic solvent (e.g., THF, dichloromethane, DMF and the like) at a temperature raising from -78°C to 80°C (most preferably -78°C).
  • a strong base e.g., NaH, LiHMDS, DBU and the like
  • a polar aprotic solvent e.g., THF, dichloromethane, DMF and the like
  • compounds of general formula XX may also be obtained in acidic conditions by reacting an alkene (e.g., ethylene, prolylene, isoprene and the like) or an alkene precursor (e.g., isopropyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, and the like).
  • an alkene e.g., ethylene, prolylene, isoprene and the like
  • an alkene precursor e.g., isopropyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, and the like.
  • the hydroxyl function of intermediates XIX may also be converted into a leaving group selected from sulfonates (e.g., mesylate, tosylate and the like) or from halogen atom (e.g., chlorine, bromine, iodine) following procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below.
  • This leaving group can then undergo a nucleophilic substitution using suitable precursors of R 2a and or R 2b following reactions which are known to the skilled in the art to provide the desired intermediates of formula XX.
  • This keto function can then be subjected to reductive amination conditions to provide the desired intermediates of formula XX.
  • this keto function may undergo a nucleophilic attack using suitable precursors of R 2a and or R 2b following reactions which are known to the skilled in the art to provide the desired intermediates of formula XX.
  • compounds of the present invention can be prepared as a pure enantiomeric form following the procedure depicted hereunder.
  • Scheme C all R 1 , R 2a , R 2b , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • Racemic acids of general formula I are reacted with a chiral auxiliary *R in order to form a mixture of diastereomers XXIa and XXIb which are then separable using different methods known to the skilled in the art (e.g., silica gel chromatography, crystallization, HPLC among others). It is known for the skilled in the art that many different chiral auxiliaries can be used to achieve chiral resolution of racemic acids.
  • *R will be selected from enantiomerically pure alcohol (e.g., L(-)-menthol, L(-)-borneol, D(-)-pantolactone and the like) or from enatiomerically pure oxazolidinone derivatives (e.g., (R)-(+)-4-Isopropyl-2-oxazolidinone, R-(+)-4-benzyl-2-oxazolidinone, and the like). Pure enantiomers Ia and Ib can then be obtained after cleavage of the chiral auxiliary by standard hydrolysis conditions known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below.
  • enantiomers Ia and Ib can then be obtained after cleavage of the chiral auxiliary by standard hydrolysis conditions known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below.
  • Compounds of general formula XXII and XXIII can be obtained from compounds of general formula I by treatment with carbonyl diimidazole (CDI) and suitable sulfonamide derivatives. More detailed information can be found in J. Med. Chem. 2007, 50, 3984-4002 and J. Med. Chem. 2002, 45, 567-583 . Compounds of general formula I can be reacted with thionyl chloride in order to obtain an acid chloride intermediate which is immediately substituted with cyanamide or ammonia to provide compounds of formula XXIV and XXV respectively.
  • CDI carbonyl diimidazole
  • intermediates of general formula XVII are reacted with a suitable R 1 precursor by procedures known to the skilled in the art (Suzuki coupling, Negishi coupling, Stille coupling and the like) to provide intermediates of formula XXIX which are converted in intermediates of formula XXX following standard reduction procedures known to the skilled in the art.
  • Reaction of compounds XXX with diphenylphosphorylazide (DPPA) provide an azide intermediate which is immediately reduced to furnish the desired intermediates of formula XXXI.
  • the ester function of compounds of formula VII can be reduced to a primary hydroxyl function which is subsequently oxidized in aldehyde using a complex of pyridine-SO 3 .
  • the aldehyde is reacted with trimethylsilylcyanide in the presence of zinc iodide and the resulting condensation product is immediately hydrolyzed under acidic conditions to provide intermediates of formula XLVI.
  • Compounds of formula XLVII and XLVIII can be obtained from intermediates of formula XLVI following the procedures described in WO2006/014262 .
  • Compounds of formula IL can be obtained from intermediates of formula XLVI following procedures known for the skilled in the art and described in J. Med.
  • Part A represents the preparation of the compounds (intermediates and final compounds) whereas Part B represents the pharmacological examples.
  • HPLC method 1 Time (min) Flow Rate ml/min Solvent A % Solvent B % 0 20 50 50 2.00 20 50 50 9.00 20 10 90 11.00 20 10 90 11.20 20 50 50 16.00 20 50 50
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.500 g; 3.141 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.278 mL; 3.136 mmol), sulfur (0.101 g; 3.149 mmol), morpholine (0.275 mL; 3.179 mmol) in ethanol (2.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.524 g (65%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from benzoylacetonitrile (0.725 g; 5 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.442 mL; 5 mmol), sulfur (0.160 g; 5 mmol), morpholine (0.440 mL; 5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.350 g (29%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.200 g; 1.256 mmol), 2-butanone (0.213 mL; 2.378 mmol), sulfur (0.081 g; 2.527 mmol), morpholine (0.221 mL; 2.554 mmol) in ethanol (1.2 mL) for 40 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.171 g (55%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-chlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.300 g; 1.670 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.148 mL; 1.670 mmol), sulfur (0.054 g; 1.684 mmol), morpholine (0.147 mL; 1.699 mmol) in ethanol (1.4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (15 - 60%) in heptane furnished 0.207 g (45%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 278 (M+H). ESI/APCI(-): 276 (M-H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.477 g; 3 mmol), N- tert -Butyloxycarbonyl-4-piperidone (0.895 g; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.382 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 20 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 1.1 g (99%) of the title compound as a bright yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 373 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methoxybenzoylacetonitrile (0.876 g, 5 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.66 mL, 7.50 mmol), morpholine (0.65 mL, 7.50 mmol) and sulfur (0.240 g, 7.50 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 36 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.320 g (23%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.795 g; 5 mmol), 4-tetrahydropyranone (1.08 mL; 7.5 mmol), sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol), morpholine (0.660 mL; 7.5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 20 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 1.24 g (91 %) of the title compound as an orange solid.
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.795 g; 5 mmol), N-methyl-4-piperidone (0.872 mL; 7.5 mmol), sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol), morpholine (0.660 mL; 7.5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 20 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (20 - 80%) in heptane furnished 1.08 g (75%) of the title compound as an orange solid. ESI/APCI(+): 287 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.795 g; 5 mmol), N-benzyl-4-piperidone (1.39 mL; 7.5 mmol), sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol), morpholine (0.660 mL; 7.5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 20 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (20 - 80%) in heptane furnished 1.48 g (81 %) of the title compound as an orange solid. ESI/APCI(+): 363 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.795 g; 5 mmol), cycloheptanone (0.884 mL; 7.5 mmol), sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol), morpholine (0.660 mL; 7.5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.722 g (50%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 286 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 2-chlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.538 g; 3 mmol), cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.81 g (93%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 292 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-chlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.538 g; 3 mmol), cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.78 g (89%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 292 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3,4-dichlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.642 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.92 g (94%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 327 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoylacetonitrile (0.639 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.93 g (95%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 326 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.477 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.76 g (93%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 272 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-fluorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.489 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.71 g (86%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 276 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.477 g; 3 mmol) , acetophenone (0.526 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 60%) in heptane furnished 0.394 g (45%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 294 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-methoxybenzoylacetonitrile (0.525 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.767 g (89%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3,4-dimethoxybenzoylacetonitrile (0.615 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 60%) in heptane furnished 0.913 g (96%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 318 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-chlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.359 g; 2 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.31 mL; 3 mmol), sulfur (0.096 g; 3 mmol), morpholine (0.264 mL; 3 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.525 g (90%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 292 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-ethylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.346 g; 2 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.31 mL; 3 mmol), sulfur (0.096 g; 3 mmol), morpholine (0.264 mL; 3 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.479 g (82%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 286 (M+H).
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzoylacetonitrile (0.687 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.818 g (80%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 2-fluorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.489 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 60%) in heptane furnished 0.756 g (92%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-(benzofuran-2-yl)-3-oxopropanenitrile (0.555 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.489 g (55%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4 H -cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(phenyl)methanone (0.079 g; 0.325 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.041 mL; 0.331 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.164 mL; 1.292 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 10%) in heptane furnished 0.061 g (56%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5-dimethylthiophen-3-yl)( p -tolyl)methanone (0.165 g; 0.673 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.083 mL; 0.670 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.340 mL; 2.679 mmol) in DMF (3.3 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.162 g (71 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4 H -cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-chlorophenyl)methanone (0.200 g; 0.720 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.090 mL; 0.726 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.367 mL; 2.892 mmol) in DMF (3.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.150 g (56%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 372 (M+H).
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-aminothiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.288 g; 1.325 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.165 mL; 1.331 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.677 mL; 5.334 mmol) in DMF (6.2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.078 g (19%) of the title compound as a brown solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4 H -cyclopenta[ b ]thiophen-3-yl)- p -tolylmethanone (0.257 g; 1 mmol), methyl-3-benzoylpropionate (0.211 g; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.526 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-50%) in heptane furnished 0.198 g (48%) of the title compound as a yellow oil. ESI/APCI(+): 414 (M+H).
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4 H -cyclopenta[ b ]thiophen-3-yl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methanone (0.320 g, 1.171 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.166 mL, 1.171 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.599 mL, 4.68 mmol) in DMF (2.3 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.230 g (53%) of the title compound as a yellow oil. ESI/APCI(+): 368 (M+H).
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4 H -cyclopenta[ b ]thiophen-3-yl) tert -butylmethanone (0.180 g, 0.806 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.114 ml, 0.806 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.412 ⁇ l, 3.22 mmol) in DMF (1.6 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.067 g (26%) of the title compound as a yellow oil. ESI/APCI(+): 318 (M+H).
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-5H-thieno[2,3-c]pyran-3-yl)-(p-tolyl)-methanone (0.546 g; 2 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.282 mL; 2.2 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1 mL; 8 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 22 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.270 g (36%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-5H-thieno[2,3-c]-N-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.572 g; 2 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.282 mL; 2.2 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1 mL; 8 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of methanol (1 - 20%) in dichloromethane furnished 0.187 g (24%) of the title compound as a dark yellow oil. ESI/APCI(+): 381 (M+H).
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-5H-thieno[2,3-c]-N-benzyl-pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.724 g; 2 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.282 mL; 2.2 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1 mL; 8 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 22 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 90%) in heptane furnished 0.160 g (17%) of the title compound as a yellow oil. ESI/APCI(+): 457 (M+H).
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H-cyclohepta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.713 g; 2.5 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.350 mL; 2.75 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1.27 mL; 10 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.510 g (52%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 390 (M+H).
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[ b ]thiophen-3-yl)(2-chlorophenyl)methanone (0.291 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.302 g (78%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[ b ]thiophen-3-yl)(3-chlorophenyl)methanone (0.291 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.296 g (76%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[ b ]thiophen-3-yl)(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanone (0.228 g; 0.7 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.099 mL; 0.77 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.357 mL; 2.8 mmol) in DMF (2.8 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.194 g (66%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)methanone (0.325 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.262 g (62%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(m-tolyl)methanone (0.271 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.320 g (87%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanone (0.275 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.302 g (82%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4-phenylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.264 g; 0.9 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.127 mL; 0.99 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.460 mL; 3.6 mmol) in DMF (3.6 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.297 g (85%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 388 (M+H).
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(m-anisyl)methanone (0.287 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.327 g (85%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanone (0.317 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.330 g (80%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)methanone (0.301 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.328 g (83%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H).
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-chlorophenyl)methanone (0.525 g; 1.8 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.254 mL; 1.98 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.922 mL; 7.2 mmol) in DMF (7.2 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.509 g (73%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-ethylphenyl)methanone (0.471 g; 1.65 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.233 mL; 1.81 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.845 mL; 6.6 mmol) in DMF (6.6 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.463 g (74%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (0.362 g; 1.4 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.198 mL; 1.54 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.717 mL; 5.6 mmol) in DMF (5.6 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.193 g (39%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)methanone (0.341 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.340 g (78%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)methanone (0.310 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 70%) in heptane furnished 0.233 g (57%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-fluorophenyl)methanone (0.275 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.320 g (86%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(benzofuran-2-yl)methanone (0.297 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.335 g (85%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 392 (M+H).
  • Step 3
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)( p -tolyl)methanone (0.814 g; 3 mmol), ethyl levunilate (0.469 mL; 3.3 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1.53 mL; 12 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 - 30%) in heptane furnished 1.02 g (89 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl 2-(6-methyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.078 g; 0.250 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.276 mL; 0.276 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.041 mL; 0.420 mmol) in DMF (3.6 mL) for 4 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.052 g (59%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5 H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3-yl] acetate (0.114 g; 0.281 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.312 mL; 0.312 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.046 mL; 0.472 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 3.5 h.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4- p -tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5 H -cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3yl]acetate (0.386 g; 1.1 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.21 mL; 1.21 mmol), 1-bromo-2-(methoxymethoxy)ethane (0.193 mL; 1.65 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4- p -tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5 H -cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3yl]acetate (0.386 g; 1.1 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.21 mL; 1.21 mmol), 1-bromo-2-(methoxymethoxy)ethane (0.155 mL; 1.65 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h.
  • This compound was prepared according the following procedure :
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.328 g; 0.83 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.24 mL; 1.24 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.162 mL; 1.66 mmol) in DMF (4.1 mL) for 18 h.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-( p -tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.55 mL; 0.55 mmol), 3-iodo-1,1,1-trifluorobutane (0.127 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) for 18 h.
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-( p -tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.75 mL; 0.75 mmol), 1,1,1-trifluoro-3-iodopropane (0.117 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) for 18 h.
  • EXAMPLE 168 PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-6-methyl-4- p -tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5 H -cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid and EXAMPLE 169 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-7-methyl-4- p -tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5 H -cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid
  • the 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid can be obtained from the 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate ammonium salt by simple extraction between ethyl acetate and HCl (1N). The organic layer is then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to dryness to provide the desired compound (quantitative) as a dry powder.
  • Triethylamine (0.100 mL; 0.712 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-(2,3-tetramethylene-6-methyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanamide (0.080 g; 0.204 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (8 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C and trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.050 mL; 0.359 mmol) was added dropwise to the cold solution. The solution was allowed to warm up to room temperature over 3 h.
  • reaction mixture was washed with a solution of HCl (1N), with a solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (1N) and brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated until dryness.
  • the crude material was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 1
  • Acetone-1,3-dicarboxylic acid (30 g; 205 mmol) was added in portions to acetic anhydride (55 ml; 582 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 35°C for 24 h.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (200 ml) and kept at 4°C for 3 h.
  • a precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with toluene and dried under reduced pressure to furnish 18.91 g (54 %) of 2,6-dioxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl acetate as a light brown solid.
  • ESI/APCI(-) 169 (M-H).
  • NMR ( 1 H, DMSO- d 6 ) ⁇ 6,35 (1H, s, CH); 3,69 (2H, s, CH 2 ); 2,30 (s, 3H, CH 3 ).
  • Step 2
  • Step 3
  • Step 4
  • Step 5
  • Step 6
  • Step 7
  • Step 8
  • Step 9
  • Step 1
  • Step 2
  • Step 3
  • Step 4
  • Step 5
  • Step 6
  • 6-bromo-8-fluoro-5-methylchroman (0.200 g; 0.816 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (0.414 g; 1.63 mmol), anhydrous potassium acetate (0.280 g; 2.86 mmol) and [1,1'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II) (0.067 g; 0.082 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (9.4 mL) were mixed in a tube, purged with argon, and sealed. After heating at 95°C for 16 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • Step 1
  • Step 2
  • Step 3
  • 3-chloro-2-iodophenyl diethylcarbamate (2.70 g; 7.64 mmol, propargyl alcohol (0.902 mL, 15.27 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.882 g; 0.764 ⁇ mol), copper iodide (0.292 g; 1.53 mmol), diisopropylamine (1.51 mL; 10.69 mmol) were mixed in a tube, purged with argon, and sealed. After heating at 100°C for 1 h, the reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature.
  • Step 4
  • Step 5
  • Step 6
  • Step 7
  • Step 8
  • aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, the organics were combined, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Acetonitrile was added to the organic residue and a white precipitate was filtered, washed and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue was dissolved in a mixture methanol-acetonitrile (1:1, 6 mL) and a solution of ammonium acetate 10 mM (2 mL) was added. After 20 min, a precipitate was formed, filtered, washed with a small amount of acetonitrile.
  • Step 1
  • Step 2
  • Step 3
  • Phenol (11,93 mg, 0,127 mmol) was placed in a 2 ml biotage tube, dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (300 ⁇ l) and sodium hydride (60%, 5,07 mg, 0,127 mmol) was added. The tube was purged with nitrogen and sealed. After 10 min.
  • Aniline (1eq) is placed in a 2 ml biotage tube, and is dissolved in dry DMF (300 ⁇ l) and sodium hydride (1eq) is added. The tube is purged with nitrogen, sealed and is heated at 120°C for 10 min. After cooling, a solution of methyl 2-[4-iodo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3- b ]pyridin-3-yl]-2- tert -butoxyacetate (50mg, 0,106 mmol) in dry DMF (300 ⁇ l) is added dropwise and the reaction mixture is heated at 120°C overnight.
  • nucleophiles e.g. primary amines, secondary amines, alcohols, thiols
  • LG leaving group
  • the compound is prepared from the [2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid following standard esterification procedures known to the skilled in the art. As an example, the transformation is achieved using a catalytic amount of sulphuric acid in methanol.
  • the compound is prepared from the methyl [2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate and 1-iodopropane as described in the general method C.
  • the compound is prepared from the methyl 2-[2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate by standard basic hydrolysis conditions as described in the different examples here above.
  • the compound is prepared from the methyl 2-[2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate following procedures known to the skilled in the art.
  • the transformation is achieved using reagents such as trimethylsilyl chloride or iodide ( Tetrahedron 2010, 66(1), 102-110 ; Tetrahedron Letters 2001, 42(32), 5359-5361 ), lithium iodide ( WO 2008070908 ) or boron tribromide ( WO 2009035575 ).
  • EXAMPLE 274 EVALUATION OF THE ANTI-HIV ACTIVITY OF THE COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
  • the 50 % cytotoxic concentration (CC 50 in ⁇ M or ⁇ g/ml) was defined as the concentration of compound that reduced the absorbance of the mock-infected control sample by 50%.
  • the percent protection achieved by the compound in HIV-infected cells was calculated by the following formula: OD T HIV ⁇ OD C HIV OD C MOCK ⁇ OD C HIV expressed in % whereby (OD T ) HIV is the optical density measured with a given concentration of the test compound in HIV-infected cells; (OD C ) HIV is the optical density measured for the control untreated HIV-infected cells; (OD C ) MOCK is the optical density measured for the control untreated mock-infected cells; all optical density values were determined at 540 nm.
  • the dose achieving 50% protection according to the above formula was defined as the 50% inhibitory concentration (EC 50 in ⁇ M or ⁇ g/ml).
  • the ratio of CC 50 to EC 50 was defined as the selectivity index (SI).
  • SI selectivity index
  • Examples of inhibition of cell proliferation by particular compounds of the invention can be found by looking at the respective CC 50 values in the MT-4 cell line.
  • MT-4 cells (Miyoshi et al., 1982) were grown and maintained in RPMI 1640 medium supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum, 2 mM I-glutamine, 0.1% sodium bicarbonate, and 20 ⁇ g of gentamicin per ml.
  • the MT-4 cells may also be grown in RPMI 1640 medium supplemented with 10% FCS and 20 ⁇ g/ml of gentamicin (RPMI-complete).
  • HIV-1 (IIIB) strain Popovic et al ., 1984
  • HIV-1 (NL4.3) strain Adachi et al., J. Virol. 59, 284-291 (1986 )

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to a series of novel compounds having antiviral activity, more specifically HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus) replication inhibiting properties. The invention also relates to methods for the preparation of such compounds, as well as to novel intermediates useful in one or more steps of such syntheses. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of such compounds as active ingredients. This invention further relates to the compounds for use as a medicine, to the use of such compounds as medicines, or in the manufacture of a medicament useful for the treatment of animals suffering from viral infections, in particular HIV infection.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • A retrovirus designated human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) is the etiological agent of the complex disease that includes progressive destruction of the immune system (acquired immune deficiency syndrome, hereinafter AIDS) and degeneration of the central and peripheral nervous system. There are two types of HIV, HIV-1 and HIV-2, the latter producing a less severe disease than the former. Being a retrovirus, its genetic material is in the form of RNA (ribonucleic acid) consisting of two single RNA strands. Coexisting with RNA are reverse transcriptase (having polymerase and ribonuclease activity), integrase, a protease and other proteins.
  • It is known in the art that some antiviral compounds which act as inhibitors of HIV replication are effective agents in the treatment of AIDS and similar diseases. Drugs that are known and approved for the treatment of HIV-infected patients belong to one of the following classes:
    • nucleoside reverse transcriptase (RT) inhibitors such as, but not limited to, azidothymidine (AZT), and lamivudine (3TC),
    • nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as, but not limited to, tenofovir (R-PMPA),
    • non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as, but not limited to, nevirapine, efavirenz,
    • protease inhibitors such as, but not limited to, nelfinavir, saquinavir, ritonavir and amprenavir,
    • fusion inhihitors such as enfuvirtide, and
    • integrase inhibitors such as raltegravir or elvitegravir.
  • Replication of the human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (hereinafter referred as HIV-1) can be drastically reduced in infected patients by combining potent antiviral drugs targeted at multiple viral targets, as reviewed by Vandamme et al. in Antiviral Chem. Chemother. (1998) 9:187-203.
  • Multiple-drug combination regimes can reduce viral load below the detection limit of the most sensitive tests. Nevertheless low level ongoing replication has been shown to occur, possibly in sanctuary sites, leading to the emergence of drug-resistant strains, according to Perelson et al. in Nature (1997) 387:123-124. Furthermore the selectivity of many antiviral agents is rather low, possibly making them responsible for side-effects and toxicity. Moreover, HIV can develop resistance to most, if not all, currently approved antiviral drugs, according to Schmit et al. in J. Infect. Dis. (1996) 174:962-968. It is well documented that the ability of HIV to rapidly evolve drug resistance, together with toxicity problems resulting from known drugs, requires the development of additional classes of antiviral drugs.
  • As a summary, there is still a stringent need in the art for potent inhibitors of HIV. Therefore a goal of the present invention is to satisfy this urgent need by identifying efficient pharmaceutically active ingredients that are active against HIV, less toxic, more stable (i.e. chemically stable, metabolically stable), effective against viruses resistant to currently available drugs and/or which are more resistant to virus mutations than existing antiviral drugs and that can be useful, either alone or in combination with other active ingredients, for the treatment of retroviral infections, in particular lentiviral infections, and more particularly HIV infections, in mammals and more specifically in humans. It is also known to the skilled in the art that the physicochemical properties of known drugs as well as their ADME-Tox (administration, distribution, metabolism, excretion) properties may limit or prohibit their use in the treatment of diseases. Therefore, a problem of existing drugs that can be overcome with the compounds of the invention can be selected from a poor or inadequate physicochemical or ADME-Tox properties such as solubility, LogP, CYP inhibition, hepatic stability, plasmatic stability, among others have been taken into account in the design and the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention. Furthermore, another goal of the present invention is to complement existing antiviral drugs in such a way that the resulting drug combination has improved activity or improved resistance to virus mutation than each of the individual compounds.
  • The prior art describes a small number of thieno[2,3-b]pyridines with a structure similar to the thieno[2,3-b]pyridines of the invention, but no medical use is known for these compounds.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is based on the unexpected finding that at least one of the above-mentioned problems can be solved by a novel class of thieno[2,3-b]pyridines according to the claims and derivatives thereof.
  • The present invention provides new anti-viral agents, especially anti-retroviral agents, and more particularly anti-HIV compounds. These compounds are thieno[2,3-b]pyridines, or analogues or derivatives thereof, which have been shown to possess anti-viral activity, more specifically against HIV. The present invention demonstrates that these compounds efficiently inhibit the replication of HIV. Therefore, these thieno[2,3-b]pyridines constitute a useful class of new potent anti-viral compounds that can be used in the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections in animals, mammals and humans, more specifically for the treatment and/or prevention of HIV in humans.
  • The present invention furthermore relates to the compounds for use as a medicine, to the use of such compounds as medicines, more specifically as anti-viral agents, and to their use for the manufacture of medicaments for treating and/or preventing viral infections, in particular retroviral infections such as, but not limited to, HIV in humans. The invention also relates to methods for the preparation of all such compounds and to pharmaceutical compositions comprising them in an anti-viral effective amount.
  • The present invention also relates to compounds for use in a method of treatment or prevention of viral infections, in particular retroviral infections such as, but not limited to HIV in humans by the administration of one or more such compounds, optionally in combination with one or more other anti-viral agents, to a patient in need thereof.
  • One aspect of the present description are thieno[2,3-b]pyridine compounds, said compounds having a structure according to the formula (A):
    Figure imgb0001
     wherein,
    • R1 is independently selected from alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; cycloalkyl; cycloalkenyl; cycloalkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
    • each of R2a and R2b is independently selected from hydrogen; cyano; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl or when R2a and R2b are taken together to form vinyl or vinylalkyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, heterocycle-alkynyl or vinylalkyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, heterocycle-alkynyl, vinyl or vinylalkyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, heterocycle-alkynyl, or vinylalkyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
    • R3 is independently selected from -COOH; -CN; -CONH2; -COOZ2; - C(O)NHCN; -C(O)NHOH; -S(O)2OH; -S(O)2NHZ4; -P(O)(OH)NH2; - P(O)(O-alkyl)2; -P(O)(OH)O-alkyl; -P(O)OH2; -NHC(O)NHS(O)2-aryl; - NHC(O)NHS(O)2-heteroaryl; -C(O)NHS(O)2-aryl; C(O)NHS(O)2-heteroaryl; -S(O)2NHS(O)2-aryl; -S(O)2NHS(O)2-heteroaryl; or from the following structures:
      Figure imgb0002
       or
    • R2a and R3 or R2b and R3 can be taken together to form a 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered lactone;
    • R4 is independently selected from hydrogen; halogen; cyano; hydroxyl; alkyl; alkenyl, alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each R5 and R6 is independently selected from hydrogen; halogen; cyano; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; nitro; -NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl, alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; or
        R5 and R6 are taken together to form a 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered unsaturated ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached;
      • * wherein said 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered unsaturated ring optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered unsaturated ring can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered unsaturated ring can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ2; -SZ2; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; trifluoromethyl; nitro; - NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z11;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; or
    • two Z1 on the same carbon atom can be taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered spiro-cycloalkyl, spiro-cycloalkenyl, spiro-cycloalkynyl or a saturated or unsaturated spiro-heterocycle together with the (4, 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered) ring they are attached to; or
    • two Z1 on adjacent atoms can be taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl or heterocycle fused to the (4, 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered) ring they are attached to;
    • each Z11 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ12; -SZ12; -S(O)Z13; -S(O)2Z13; -SO2NZ14Z15; trifluoromethyl; nitro; -NZ14Z15; -NZ12S(O)2Z13;cyano; -COOZ12; - C(O)NZ14Z15; -C(O)Z13; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
    • each Z2 and Z12 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally include one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z3 and Z13 is independently selected from hydroxyl; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z4, Z5, Z14 and Z15 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; and wherein Z4 and Z5, and Z14 and Z15 respectively can be taken together in order to form a (5-, 6-, or 7-membered) heterocycle which can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, - COOH or -NH2;
    and isomers (in particular stereo-isomers or tautomers), solvates, hydrates, salts (in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts) or prodrugs thereof.
  • In a particular embodiment, R5 and R6 are taken together to form a 5, 6, or 7-membered unsaturated ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
  • In a particular embodiment of this aspect, the compounds are not selected from:
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)-4-phenyl- or also [2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)-4-phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 4-(2-furanyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,7-dimethyl- or also [2,7-dimethyl-4-(2-furanyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-(2-thienyl)- or also [4-(2-thienyl)-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,7-dimethyl-4-phenyl- or also [2,7-dimethyl-4-phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,7-dimethyl-4-(3-methylphenyl)- or also [2,7-dimethyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-(3-methylphenyl)- or also [2-methyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methyl- or also [4-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * 5H-Cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-6,7-dihydro-2-methyl- or also [4-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl- or also [4-(p-anisyl)-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4-phenyl-2-(2-thienyl)-, ethyl ester or also Ethyl [4-phenyl-2-(2-thienyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate;
    • * 5H-Cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 6,7-dihydro-4-(4-methylphenyl)-2-(2-thienyl)-, ethyl ester or also Ethyl [2-(2-thienyl)-4-(p-tolyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)- or also [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4-phenyl-2-(2-thienyl)- or also [4-phenyl-2-(2-thienyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * 5H-Cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 2-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-4-(4-methylphenyl)- or also [2-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-4-(p-tolyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-(4-iodophenyl)-4-phenyl- or also [2-(4-iodophenyl)-4-phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * 5H-Cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 6,7-dihydro-4-(4-methylphenyl)-2-(4-propoxyphenyl)- or also [2-(4-propoxyphenyl)-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * 5H-Cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 2-(3,4-dipropoxyphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-4-(4-methylphenyl)- or also [2-(3,4-dipropoxyphenyl)-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4-(4-methylphenyl)-2-(2-thienyl)- or also [2-(2-thienyl)-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * 5H-Cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 6,7-dihydro-4-(4-methylphenyl)-2-[4-(pentyloxy)phenyl]- or also [2-(4-pentyloxyphenyl)-4-(p-tolyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * 5H-Cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 6,7-dihydro-4-(4-methylphenyl)-2-(2-thienyl)-, ethyl ester or also Ethyl [4-(p-tolyl)-2-(2-thienyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4-phenyl-2-(2-thienyl)-, ethyl ester or also Ethyl [4-phenyl-2-(2-thienyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 4-(3-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methyl- or also [4-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * 5H-Cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 6,7-dihydro-2-methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)- or also [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-phenyl- or also [2-methyl-4-phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4-(4-methylphenyl)-2-(2-thienyl)- or also [2-(2-thienyl)-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid;
    • * [1]Benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-3-acetic acid, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)- or also [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid.
  • In a particular embodiment, R1 is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -NH-aryl, -O-heterocycle, -S-heterocycle, and -NH-heterocycle, (preferably from aryl or heteroaryl), and yet in a more particular embodiment is selected from phenyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -NH-phenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, and benzo[d][1,3]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl), preferably R1 is selected from phenyl, wherein said aryl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -NH-aryl, -O-heterocycle, -S-heterocycle, and -NH-heterocycle (preferably from aryl or heteroaryl), or more particularly phenyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -NH-phenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, and benzo[d][1,3]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl), preferably phenyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z1. Preferably, R1 is selected from phenyl, tolyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, fluorophenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, ethylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, benzo[d]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl), 2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolinyl, chromanyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, and 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl.
  • In another particular embodiment, R1 is substituted phenyl, in a particular embodiment substituted with one or more Z1. Preferably R1 is phenyl substituted with one or more groups selected from methyl, ethyl, chloro, fluoro, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, and methoxy. More preferably, R1 is p-tolyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1. More particularly, R1 is o-hydroxy-p-tolyl.
  • In another particular embodiment, one of R2a and R2b is not hydrogen. Preferably, one of R2a and R2b is hydrogen and the other one is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl and C1-C6-alkoxy, more preferably selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, preferably n-propyl and butoxy, or one of R2a and R2b is hydrogen and the other one is taken together with R3 to form a gamma-lactone radical, preferably a dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one radical.
  • In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is selected from -COOH, COOalkyl (preferably -COOMe or -COOEt, more preferably -COOMe), - CN, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NH(CN), -P(O)OH2;
    Figure imgb0003
     preferably R3 is -COOH or -COOalkyl (preferably -COOMe or -COOEt, more preferably -COOMe), more preferably R3 is -COOH.
  • In yet another particular embodiment, R4 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl or aryl, wherein said alkyl and aryl can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z1. Preferably, R4 is selected from preferably hydrogen, alkyl or aryl, wherein said alkyl and aryl can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z1. More preferably, R4 is selected from C1-C4 alkyl, even more preferably R4 is methyl.
  • In still another embodiment, R5 and R6 are taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached;
    • * wherein said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
    • * and wherein said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1 as defined herein;
    • * and wherein two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2, preferably with the proviso that the C=O is not adjacent to a N atom in a 6-membered ring, more particularly two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring can be taken together to form a C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
  • In other words, in this particular embodiment R5 and R6 are taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered cycloalkenyl or aryl moiety or any 5, 6 or 7-membered mono-unsaturated, multi-unsaturated or aromatic O, S and/or N containing heterocycle, wherein said 5, 6 or 7-membered cycloalkenyl or aryl moiety or any 5, 6 or 7-membered mono-unsaturated, multi-unsaturated or aromatic O, S and/or N containing heterocycle can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1 as defined herein, and wherein two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said 5, 6 or 7-membered cycloalkenyl or aryl moiety or any 5, 6 or 7-membered mono-unsaturated, multi-unsaturated or aromatic O, S and/or N containing heterocycle can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2, preferably with the proviso that the C=O is not adjacent to a N atom in a 6-membered ring, more particularly two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring can be taken together to form a C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2. In yet another particular embodiment, each Z1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; - OZ2; -SZ2; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; trifluoromethyl; nitro; -NZ4Z5; - NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
    • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
    • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -OalkylO-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2;
    • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; or
    • - two Z1 on the same carbon atom can be taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered spiro-cycloalkyl, spiro-cycloalkenyl, spiro-cycloalkynyl, or a saturated or unsaturated spiro-heterocycle together with the 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring they are attached to; or
    • - two Z1 on adjacent atoms can be taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl or heterocycle fused to the 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring they are attached to. Preferably each Z1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ2; -SZ2; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; trifluoromethyl; nitro; -NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; - C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -OalkylO-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
  • In one embodiment, the description relates to compounds of formula A, wherein
    • R1 is independently selected from cycloalkyl; cycloalkenyl; cycloalkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each of R2a and R2b is independently selected from hydrogen; cyano; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl or when R2a and R2b are taken together to form vinyl or vinylalkyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, heterocycle-alkynyl or vinylalkyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, heterocycle-alkynyl, vinyl or vinylalkyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, heterocycle-alkynyl, or vinylalkyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
    • R3 is independently selected from -COOH; -COOZ2; -C(O)NHCN; - S(O)2OH; -S(O)2NHZ4; -P(O)(OH)NH2; -P(O)(OH)O-alkyl; - NHC(O)NHS(O)2-aryl; -NHC(O)NHS(O)2-heteroaryl; -C(O)NHS(O)2-aryl; C(O)NHS(O)2-heteroaryl; -S(O)2NHS(O)2-aryl; -S(O)2NHS(O)2-heteroaryl; or from the following structures:
      Figure imgb0004
      Figure imgb0005
      Figure imgb0006
    • R4 is independently selected from hydrogen; halogen; cyano; oxygen; alkyl; alkenyl, alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each R5 and R6 is independently selected from hydrogen; halogen; cyano; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; nitro; -NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl, alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; or
        R5 and R6 are taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated or saturated ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached;
      • * wherein said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated or saturated ring optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated or saturated ring can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated or saturated ring can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
    • each Z1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ2; -SZ2; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; trifluoromethyl; nitro; - NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -Oalkyl, - OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z2 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally include one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z3 is independently selected from hydroxyl; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -Oalkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z4 and Z5 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; and wherein Z4 and Z5 can be taken together in order to form a (5-, 6-, or 7-membered) heterocycle which can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or -NH2;
    and isomers (in particular stereo-isomers or tautomers), solvates, hydrates, salts (in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts) or prodrugs thereof.
  • In another particular embodiment, compounds according to the formula A and embodiments thereof are described, wherein,
    • R1 is independently selected from arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each R5 and R6 is independently selected from hydrogen; halogen; cyano; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; nitro; -NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl, alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; and wherein
    • all other substituents (such as each of R2a, R2b, R3, R4, etc.) are as provided for in the formula A or embodiments thereof.
  • It should be clear that all embodiments described herein, are embodiments which can be used for all formulae, claims and other embodiments thereof described in the application.
  • In one particular embodiment, the compounds are not selected from compounds having a structure according to formula (D)
    Figure imgb0007
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, and R4 is as described herein and the dotted line represents an optional double bond; and
    • each Z1' is inedependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -OZ2; -SZ2; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; nitro; -NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; and
    • R' is selected from hydrogen; -OZ2; -SZ2; -SO2NZ4Z5; -NZ4Z5; - NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; heterocycle-alkyl.
  • In one embodiment, the compounds have a structure according to formula (A-1),
    Figure imgb0008
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, and R4 is as described herein and
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally two non-adjacent dotted lines can form a double bond;
    • W, X, Y, and Z are independently selected from CR', CR'R", N, NR"', O and S depending on whether they are adjacent to a double or a single bond, wherein R', R" and R'" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ2; -SZ2; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; - SO2NZ4Z5; trifluoromethyl; nitro; -NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; - C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with Z11;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2,
      preferably with the proviso that the C=O is not adjacent to a N atom in a 6-membered ring, more particularly two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • R' or R" on the same carbon atom can be taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered spiro-cycloalkyl, spiro-cycloalkenyl, spiro-cycloalkynyl or a a saturated or unsaturated spiro-heterocycle together with the 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring they are attached to; or
    • an R' and another R', R" or R'" on adjacent atoms can be taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl or heterocycle fused to the 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring they are attached to;
    • each Z11 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ12; -SZ12; -S(O)Z13; -S(O)2Z13; -SO2NZ14Z15; trifluoromethyl; nitro; -NZ14Z15; -N Z12S(O)2Z13;cyano; -COOZ12; - C(O)NZ14Z15; -C(O)Z13; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
    • each Z2 and Z12 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally include one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z3 and Z13 is independently selected from hydroxyl; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z4, Z5, Z14 and Z15 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; and wherein Z4 and Z5, and Z14 and Z15 respectively can be taken together in order to form a (5-, 6-, or 7-membered) heterocycle which can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, - COOH or -NH2; and
    • n is selected from 0; 1; or 2.
  • In one embodiment, the compounds have a structure according to formula (A-1'),
    Figure imgb0009
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, and R4 is as described herein and
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally two non-adjacent dotted lines can form a double bond;
    • W, X, Y, and Z are independently selected from CR', CR'R", N, NR"', O and S depending on whether they are adjacent to a double or a single bond, wherein R', R" and R'" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ2; -SZ2; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; - SO2NZ4Z5; trifluoromethyl; nitro; -NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; - C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, - OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2, preferably with the proviso that the C=O is not adjacent to a N atom in a 6-membered ring, more particularly two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z2 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally include one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z3 is independently selected from hydroxyl; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    • each Z4 and Z5 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatom selected from O, S and N; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; and wherein Z4 and Z5 can be taken together in order to form a (5-, 6-, or 7-membered) heterocycle which can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or -NH2; and
    • n is selected from 0; 1; or 2.
  • In a particular embodiment, R'" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; trifluoromethyl; -NZ4Z5; - NZ2S(O)2Z3; cyano; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
    • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
    • * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with Z11;
    • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2,
    preferably with the proviso that the C=O is not adjacent to a N atom in a 6-membered ring, more particularly two or more hydrogens on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    or R'" can be together with R', R" on adjacent atoms to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl or heterocycle fused to the 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring they are attached to.
  • In a particular embodiment, the compounds have a structure according to formula A-1 or A-1', wherein:
    • W is selected from CH, CH2 and NH;
    • X is selected from CR', CR'R", N, NR"', O and S depending on whether they are adjacent to a double or a single bond, wherein R', R" and R'" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C(O)Z3; and alkyl;
    • Y is selected from CR', CR'R", N, NR', O and S depending on whether they are adjacent to a double or a single bond, wherein R', R" and R'" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C(O)Z3; and alkyl;
    • Z is selected from CH and CH2.
  • In another embodiment, the compounds have a structure according to formula (A-2)
    Figure imgb0010
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein and
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally two non-adjacent dotted lines can form a double bond;
    • X is defined as above in respect of formula A-1, preferably X is selected from the group consisting of CH2, O, N, and NR"', wherein R'" is as defined in respect of formula (A) or (A-1); and
    • m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; and 6.
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A-2) are those having a structure according to formula (A-3)
    Figure imgb0011
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, and R4 is as described herein and
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally two non-adjacent dotted lines can form a double bond;
    • X is defined as above in respect of formula (A-1), preferably X is selected from the group consisting of CH2, O, N, and NR"', wherein R'" is as defined in respect of formula (A-1).
  • Preferred compounds of formulae (A-2) and (A-3) are those wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein, the dotted lines are absent, and X is selected from the group consisting of CH2, O and NR"', wherein R'" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkyl, preferably R'" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, acetyl and benzyl.
  • In another embodiment, the compounds have a structure according to formula (B),
    Figure imgb0012
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein and
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally two non-adjacent dotted lines can form a double bond;
    • n is selected from 0; 1; or 2; and
    • m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8; 9 or 10.
    In a particular embodiment, m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5 or 6.
  • In another embodiment, the compounds have a structure according to formula (B-1)
    Figure imgb0013
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein and
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally one dotted line can form a double bond; and
    • m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5 or 6.
  • The compounds of the invention have a structure according to formula (B-2)
    Figure imgb0014
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein and
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally two non-adjacent dotted lines can form a double bond; and
    • m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; or 8.
    In a particular embodiment, m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; and 4.
  • Preferred compounds of formula B-2 are those wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein, m is 0, and the dotted lines are absent.
  • In still another embodiment, the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (B-3),
    Figure imgb0015
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein and
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally two non-adjacent dotted lines can form a double bond; and
    • m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8; 9 or 10.
    In a particular embodiment, m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5 or 6.
  • Preferred compounds of formula B-3 are those wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein, m is 0, and the dotted lines are absent.
  • Preferred compounds of formula B, B-1, B-2 and B-3 are those wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein, m is 0, and the dotted lines are absent. Other particular compounds of formula B, B-1, B-2 and B-3 are those wherein R1 is selected from -O-aryl, -S-aryl, and -NH-aryl, preferably -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -NH-phenyl,
    • each of R2a, R2b, R3, R4 and Z1 is as described herein and
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally one dotted line can form a double bond, preferably the dotted lines are absent; and
    • m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5 or 6, preferably m is 0.
  • Still other preferred compounds of formula B, B-1, B-2 and B-3are those wherein each of R1, R2a, R2b, R4 and Z1 is as described herein and
    • R3 is selected from -COOH, COOalkyl (preferably -COOMe or -COOEt, more preferably -COOMe), -CN, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NH(CN), -P(O)OH2;
      Figure imgb0016
       preferably from -CN -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NH(CN), -P(O)OH2;
      Figure imgb0017
    • each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally one dotted line can form a double bond, preferably the dotted lines are absent; and
    • m is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5 or 6, preferably m is 0.
  • In another embodiment, the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (C) or (C'),
    Figure imgb0018
     wherein each of R1, R4, R5, R6, Z1 and Z2 are as described herein, including in the embodiments, and
    • R2a is selected from cyano; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; cycloalkyl; cycloalkenyl; cycloalkynyl; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms in the cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl vinyl or vinylalkyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
  • In a more particular embodiment, the the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (C-1) or (C-1'),
    Figure imgb0019
     wherein each of R1, R4, W, X, Y, Z, the dotted lines, n, Z1 and Z2 are as described herein, including in the embodiments, and
    • R2a is selected from cyano; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; cycloalkyl; cycloalkenyl; cycloalkynyl; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms in the cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl vinyl or vinylalkyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
  • In a yet more particular embodiment, the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (C-2) or (C-2'),
    Figure imgb0020
     wherein each of R1, R2a, R4, R5, R6, X, the dotted lines, m, Z1 and Z2 are as described herein for formula C-1 and C-1'.
  • In yet another embodiment, the compounds described herein have a structure according to formula (C-3),
    Figure imgb0021
     wherein each of R4, R5, R6 and Z1 are as described herein, including in the embodiments, and
    • R2a is selected from cyano; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; cycloalkyl; cycloalkenyl; cycloalkynyl; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms in the cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
      • * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl vinyl or vinylalkyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
      • * and wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
    • p is selected from 0; 1; 2; 3; 4 or 5.
  • In a more particular embodiment, p is selected from 0;1 ;2 or 3.
    Particular embodiments of this aspect are described in the claims and relate to subtypes of the compounds of the invention. In particular embodiments, the terms alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl can be restricted to refer to their cyclic or linear subgroups (such as the linear alkyl or cycloalkyl for alkyl).
  • In a particular embodiment, the compounds of the present invention are selected from the list of:
    • Ethyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-spiro[[1,3]dioxolane-2,7]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1-aza-7-oxo-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolylbenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-methylpentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(m-anisyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-methyl-1-propyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzofuran-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]- 3-methylbutanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]- 3-methylpentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4,4-dimethylpentanoate;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • (2S)-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • (2R)-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolylbenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-methylpentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(m-anisyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-methyl-1-propyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(benzofuran-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]- 3-methylbutanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]- 3-methylpentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate ammonium salt;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4,4-dimethylpentanoic acid;
    • N-cyano-2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanamide;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanamide;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert -butoxyacetate;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-ethoxyacetate;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-ethoxyacetic acid;
    • Methyl 2-[2-Methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert -butoxyacetate;
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
    • 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanenitrile;
    • 2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-3-[1-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)butyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    • 2-[2-methyl-4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    • Ethyl 2-[2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    • 2-[2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    • 5-[1-(2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)butyl]thiazolidine-2,4-dione;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    • 2-[2-methyl-4-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    • 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolin-7-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    • 2-[2-methyl-4-(2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolin-7-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(8-fluoro-5-methylchroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    • 2-[2-methyl-4-(8-fluoro-5-methylchroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(5-chlorochroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    • 2-[2-methyl-4-(5-chlorochroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    • 1-(2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)butylphosphonic acid; and
    • 2-[2-hydroxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid.
  • In a particular embodiment of all the formulae, embodiments and claims herein whenever applicable, R1 is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -NH-aryl, -O-heterocycle, -S-heterocycle, -NH-heterocycle (preferably from aryl or heteroaryl), and yet in a more particular embodiment is selected from phenyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -NH-phenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, and benzo[d][1,3]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl), preferably R1 is selected from phenyl, wherein said aryl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl, and -NH-aryl (preferably from aryl or heteroaryl),or more particularly phenyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, - NH-phenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, and benzo[d][1,3]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl), preferably phenyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z1. Preferably, R1 is selected from phenyl, tolyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, fluorophenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, ethylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, t-butyl, and benzo[d]dioxolyl (preferably benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl).
    In another particular embodiment of all the formulae, embodiments and claims herein, R1 is substituted phenyl, in a particular embodiment substituted with one or more Z1. Preferably R1 is phenyl substituted with one or more groups selected from methyl, ethyl, chloro, fluoro, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, and methoxy. More preferably, R1 is p-tolyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1. More particularly, R1 is o-hydroxy-p-tolyl.
  • In a yet more particular embodiment of the formulae, embodiments and claims herein, R1 is independently selected from arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; or heterocycle-alkynyl;
    • * wherein said arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
    • * and wherein said arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
    • * and wherein two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
  • In another particular embodiment, R1 is selected from -O-aryl, -S-aryl, - NH-aryl, -O-heterocycle, -S-heterocycle and -NH-heterocycle.
  • In another particular embodiment of all the formulae, claims and embodiments herein, one of R2a and R2b is not hydrogen. Preferably, one of R2a and R2b is hydrogen and the other one is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl and C1-C6-alkoxy, more preferably selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl and C1-C4-alkoxy, preferably n-propyl and butoxy, or one of R2a and R2b is hydrogen and the other one is taken together with R3 to form a gamma-lactone radical, preferably a dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one radical.
  • In yet another particular embodiment of all the formulae, claims and embodiments herein, R3 is selected from -COOH, COOalkyl (preferably-COOMe or -COOEt, more preferably -COOMe), -CN, -C(O)NH2,-C(O)NH(CN), -P(O)OH2;
    Figure imgb0022
     preferably R3 is -COOH or -COOalkyl (preferably -COOMe or -COOEt, more preferably -COOMe), more preferably R3 is -COOH.
  • In yet another particular embodiment of all the formulae, claims and embodiments herein, R4 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl or aryl, wherein said alkyl and aryl can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z1. Preferably, R4 is selected from preferably hydrogen, alkyl or aryl, wherein said alkyl and aryl can be unsubstituted or substituted, in a particular embodiment substituted with Z1. More preferably, R4 is selected from C1-C4 alkyl, even more preferably R4 is methyl.
  • In still another embodiment of all the formulae, claims and embodiments herein, R5 and R6 are taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached;
    • * wherein said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
    • * and wherein said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1 as defined herein;
    • * and wherein two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2, preferably with the proviso that the C=O is not adjacent to a N atom in a 6-membered ring, more particularly two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring can be taken together to form a C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
  • According to a second aspect, the invention relates to the compounds as described herein for use as a medicament or a medicine, more in particular for use as an antiviral medicament and for the use in the prevention or treatment of a viral infection in a subject (animal, mammal or human).
    The present invention also relates to the compounds as defined in the claims herein for use as antiviral compounds, more particularly as compounds active against retroviruses, yet morein particular against HIV. The invention also relates to the use of the compounds of the invention for the manufacture of a medicament or as a pharmaceutically active ingredient, especially as a virus replication inhibitor, for instance for the manufacture of a medicament or pharmaceutical composition having antiviral activity for the prevention and/or treatment of viral infections in humans, mammals and animals in general. The present invention further relates to compounds as claimed for use in a method of prevention or treatment of a viral infection, preferably a retroviral infection in an animal, including mammals, including a human, comprising administering to the animal in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention as an active ingredient, preferably in admixture with at least a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Another aspect of the invention further relates to methods for the preparation of compounds of formulae and claims herein. Also the intermediates used in the preparation methods described herein are aspects of the present description. One embodiment relates to a method for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention comprising the steps of:
    • reacting a beta-ketonitile of formula R1-C(O)CH2CN with a compound of formula R6C(O)CH2R5 in the presence of sulfur and a strong base in a polar protic solvent or in a polar aprotic solvent at a temperature between 60°C to 100°C;
    • reacting the obtained 2-aminothiophene reaction product of the previous step with a compound of formula R4C(O)CH2CH2R3 in the presence of trimethyl chlorosilane in a polar aprotic solvent at a temperature between 50°C and 200°C;
    • optionally, reacting the compound obtained in the previous step with a compound having a structure of the formula R2a-X and/or R2b-X through a nucleophilic substitution (wherein X is a leaving group)
  • Another embodiment relates to a method for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention comprising the steps of:
    • reacting a cyanoacetate derivative of formula ROC(O)CH2CN with a compound of formula R6C(O)CH2R5 in the presence of sulfur and a strong base in a polar protic solvent or in a polar aprotic solvent at a temperature between 20°C to 100°C;
    • reacting the previously obtained 2-amino-4,5-disubstituted-thiophene-3-carboxylate derivative with a compound of formula R4C(=CHCOOZ2)OZ2 in an apolar aprotic solvent at a temperature between 80°C and 140°C to obtain an enamine intermediate which undergoes an intramolecular ring cyclization in the presence of a strong base in a polar protic solvent to provide a 5,6-substituted-4-hydroxythieno[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carboxylate derivative;
    • the 4-hydroxyl function can then be converted to an halogen with standard procedures know to the skilled in the art;
    • the ester function can then be reduced to a primary alcohol which is immediately oxidized into an aldehyde following standard procedures known to the skilled in the art;
    • the 5,6-substituted-4-halogenothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde derivative is then converted into a 2-(5,6-substituted-4-halogenothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)-2-hydroxyacetate derivative using an addition of trimethylsilylcyanide in the presence of zinc iodide followed by hydrolysis in acidic conditions;
    • the R2a and or R2b residues can then be introduced following procedures known to the skilled in the art;
    • substituting the 4-halogen atom from the previously obtained compound in a specific manner (amination, alkylation, arylation) with suitable chemical reagents to obtain the desired compounds;
    • hydrolyzing the ester compounds obtained in the previous step to obtain the desired free carboxylic acid derivatives.
  • Yet another aspect of the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the invention according to formulae and claims herein in admixture with at least a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the active ingredient preferably being in a concentration range of about 0.1 to 100% by weight, and to the use of these derivatives namely as drugs useful for the treatment of subjects suffering from a viral infection, in particular a retroviral infection.
  • The invention further relates to the use of a composition comprising (a) one or more compounds of the invention (of formulae and claims herein), and (b) one or more viral inhibitors as biologically active agents in respective proportions such as to provide a synergistic effect against a viral infection in a mammal, for instance in the form of a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in viral infection therapy. Within the framework of this embodiment of the invention, the viral enzyme inhibitors used as a therapeutically active ingredients (b) may belong to categories already known in the art. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of the present invention can be combined with the following compounds:
    • nucleoside reverse transcriptase (RT) inhibitors such as, but not limited to, azidothymidine (AZT), and lamivudine (3TC),
    • nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as, but not limited to, tenofovir (R-PMPA),
    • non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as, but not limited to, nevirapine, efavirenz,
    • protease inhibitors such as, but not limited to, nelfinavir, saquinavir, ritonavir and amprenavir,
    • fusion inhihitors such as enfuvirtide, or
    • integrase inhibitors such as raltegravir or elvitegravir.
  • More generally, the invention relates to the compounds of formulae, embodiments and claims herein being useful as agents having biological activity or as diagnostic agents. Any of the uses mentioned with respect to the present invention may be restricted to a non-medical use, a non-therapeutic use, a non-diagnostic use, or exclusively an in vitro use, or a use related to cells remote from an animal.
  • The invention further relates to the compounds of the invention for use as chemical tools for virology and biochemistry. In particular, they can be used as research tools to investigate HIV biology.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The terminology "which optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms consisting of O, S, and N" as used herein, refers to a group where one or more carbon atoms are replaced by an oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur atom and thus includes, depending on the group to which is referred, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkenyl, cycloheteroalkynyl, heteroaryl, arylheteroalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroaryl heteroalkenyl, heteroaryl heteroalkenyl, aryl heteroalkynyl, heteroarylalkynyl, heteroarylheteroalkynyl, among others. In other words, this term means that -CH3 can be replaced by NH2, -CH2- by -NH-, -O- or -S-, a -CH= by -N= and ≡CH by ≡N. This term therefore comprises, depending on the group to which is referred, as an example alkoxy, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, alkyl-O-alkylene, alkenyl-O-alkylene, arylalkoxy, benzyloxy, heterocycle-heteroalkyl, heterocycle-alkoxy, among others. As an example, the terminology "alkyl which optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms consisting of O, S, and N" therefore refers to heteroalkyl, meaning an alkyl which comprises one or more heteroatoms in the hydrocarbon chain, whereas the heteroatoms may be positioned at the beginning of the hydrocarbon chain, in the hydrocarbon chain or at the end of the hydrocarbon chain. Exampels of heteroalkyl include methoxy, methylthio, ethoxy, propoxy, CH3-O-CH2-, CH3-S-CH2-, CH3-CH2-O-CH2-, CH3-NH-, (CH3)2-N-, (CH3)2-CH2-NH-CH2-CH2-, among many other examples. As an example, the terminology "arylalkyl which optionally includes one or more heteroatoms in the alkyl chain, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms consisting of O, S, and N" therefore refers to arylheteroalkyl, meaning an arylalkyl which comprises one or more heteroatoms in the hydrocarbon chain, whereas the heteroatoms may be positioned at the beginning of the hydrocarbon chain, in the hydrocarbon chain or at the end of the hydrocarbon chain. "Arylheteroalkyl" thus includes aryloxy, arylalkoxy, aryl-alkyl-NH- and the like and examples are phenyloxy, benzyloxy, aryl-CH2-S-CH2-, aryl-CH2-O-CH2-, aryl-NH-CH2- among many other examples. The same counts for "heteroalkenyl", "heteroalkynyl", and other terms used herein when referred to "which optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms consisting of O, S, and N". As used herein and unless otherwise stated, the expression "wherein said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N" means any 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated cycloalkyl moiety, any 5, 6 or 7-membered aryl moiety, and any 5, 6 or 7-membered mono-unsaturated, mutli-unsaturated or aromatic O, S and/or N containing heterocycle.
  • The terminology regarding a chemical group "wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said group can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2" as used herein, refers to a group where two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said group are taken together to form C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2. In other words, the expression means that a carbon atom or heteroatom of said group can be oxidized to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2. As an example, the terminology refers to "an alkyl wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2", includes among other examples CH3-C(O)-CH2-, CH3-C(O)-, CH3-C(S)-CH2- and (CH3)2-CH2-C(O)-CH2-CH2-. Therefore, as used herein and unless otherwise stated, the expression "two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said 5, 6 or 7-membered unsaturated ring can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2" means that a carbon atom or heteroatom of the ring can be oxidized to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2.
  • The combination for a group "which optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms consisting of O, S, and N" and "wherein optionally two or more hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom or heteroatom of said group can be taken together to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2" can combine the two aspects described herein above and includes, if the group referred to is alkyl, among other examples CH3-COO-, CH3-COO-CH2-, CH3-NH-CO-, CH3-NH-CO-CH2-, CH3-NH-CS-CH2-, CH3-NH-CS-NH-CH2-, CH3-NH-S(O)2- and CH3-NH-S(O)2-NH-CH2-.
  • The term "leaving group" as used herein means a chemical group which is susceptible to be displaced by a nucleophile or cleaved off or hydrolysed in basic or acidic conditions. In a particular embodiment, a leaving group is selected from a halogen atom (e.g., CI, Br, I) or a sulfonate (e.g., mesylate, tosylate, triflate).
  • The term "alkyl" as used herein means C1-C18 normal, secondary, or tertiary, linear or cyclic, branched or straight hydrocarbon with no site of unsaturation. Examples are methyl, ethyl, 1-propyl, 2-propyl, 1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl(i-Bu), 2-butyl (s-Bu) 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl), 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 1-hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-3-pentyl, 2-methyl-3-pentyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. In a particular embodiment, the term alkyl refers to C1-12 hydrocarbons, yet more in particular to C1-6 hydrocarbons as further defined herein above.
  • The term "linear alkyl" as used herein means C1-C18 normal, secondary, or tertiary, linear, branched or straight, hydrocarbon with no site of unsaturation. Examples are methyl, ethyl, 1-propyl, 2-propyl, 1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl(i-Bu), 2-butyl (s-Bu) 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl), 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 1-hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-3-pentyl, 2-methyl-3-pentyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl and 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl.
  • As used herein and unless otherwise stated, the term "cycloalkyl" means a monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon monovalent radical having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms, such as for instance cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like, or a C7-10 polycyclic saturated hydrocarbon monovalent radical having from 7 to 10 carbon atoms such as, for instance, norbornyl, fenchyl, trimethyltricycloheptyl or adamantyl.
  • The term "alkenyl" as used herein is C2-C18 normal, secondary or tertiary, linear or cyclic, branched or straight hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: ethylene or vinyl (-CH=CH2), allyl (-CH2CH=CH2), cyclopentenyl (-C5H7), cyclohexenyl (-C6H9) and 5-hexenyl (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH=CH2). The double bond may be in the cis or trans configuration. In a particular embodiment, the term alkenyl refers to C1-12 hydrocarbons, yet more in particular to C1-6 hydrocarbons as further defined herein above.
  • The term "linear alkenyl" as used herein refers to C2-C18 normal, secondary or tertiary, linear, branched or straight hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: ethylene or vinyl (-CH=CH2), allyl (-CH2CH=CH2) and 5-hexenyl (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH=CH2). The double bond may be in the cis or trans configuration.
  • The term "cycloalkenyl" as used herein refers to C2-C18 normal, secondary or tertiary, cyclic hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: cyclopentenyl (-C5H7) and cyclohexenyl (-C6H9). The double bond may be in the cis or trans configuration.
  • The term "alkynyl" as used herein refers to C2-C18 normal, secondary, tertiary, linear or cyclic, branched or straight hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: acetylenic (-C≡CH) and propargyl (-CH2C≡CH). In a particular embodiment, the term alkenyl refers to C1-12 hydrocarbons, yet more in particular to C1-6 hydrocarbons as further defined herein above.
  • The term "linear alkynyl" as used herein refers to C2-C18 normal, secondary, tertiary, linear, branched or straight hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: acetylenic (-C≡CH) and propargyl (-CH2C≡CH).
  • The term "cycloalkynyl" as used herein refers to C2-C18 normal, secondary, tertiary, cyclic hydrocarbon with at least one site (usually 1 to 3, preferably 1) of unsaturation, namely a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to: cyclohex-1-yne and ethylene-cyclohex-1-yne.
  • The terms "alkylene" as used herein each refer to a saturated, branched or straight chain hydrocarbon radical of 1-18 carbon atoms (more in particular 1-12 or 1-6 carbon atoms), and having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane. Typical alkylene radicals include, but are not limited to: methylene (-CH2-) 1,2-ethyl (-CH2CH2-), 1,3-propyl (-CH2CH2CH2-), 1,4-butyl (-CH2CH2CH2CH2-), and the like.
  • The term "aryl" as used herein means a aromatic hydrocarbon radical of 6-20 carbon atoms derived by the removal of hydrogen from a carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system. Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to 1 ring, or 2 or 3 rings fused together, radicals derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and the like. In a particular embodiment, the term "parent aromatic ring system" means a monocyclic aromatic ring system or a bi- or tricyclic ring system of which at least one ring is aromatic. Therefore, in this embodiment, typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to 1 ring, or 2 or 3 rings fused together, radicals derived from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indenyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalenyl, 1,2,6,7,8,8a-hexahydroacenaphthylenyl, 1,2-dihydroacenaphthylenyl, and the like.
  • "Arylalkyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethen-1-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, 2-naphthylethen-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like. The arylalkyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • "Arylalkenyl" as used herein refers to an alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. The arylalkenyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkenyl moiety of the arylalkenyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • "Arylalkynyl" as used herein refers to an alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. The arylalkynyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkynyl moiety of the arylalkynyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • The term "heterocycle" as used herein means a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring system including at least one N, O, S, or P. Heterocycle thus includeheteroaryl groups. Heterocycle as used herein includes by way of example and not limitation these heterocycles described in Paquette, Leo A."Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry" (W.A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; "The Chemistry ofHeterocyclic Compounds, A series of Monographs" (John Wiley & Sons, NewYork, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28;Katritzky, Alan R., Rees, C.W. and Scriven, E. "Comprehensive HeterocyclicChemistry" (Pergamon Press, 1996); and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566. In a particular embodiment, the term means pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, bis-tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, bis-tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, thianthrenyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1H-indazoly, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzothienyl, benzothiazolyl, isatinoyl, 2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolinyl, chromanyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl and 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, preferably it means pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, bis-tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, bis-tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, thianthrenyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1H-indazoly, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzothienyl, benzothiazolyl, and isatinoyl.
  • "Heterocycle-alkyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyle radical. An example of a heterocycle-alkyl group is 2-pyridyl-methylene. The heterocycle-alkyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkyl moiety of the heterocycle-alkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocycle moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • "Heterocycle-alkenyl" as used herein refers to an alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with an heterocycle radical. The heterocycle-alkenyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkenyl moiety of the heterocycle-alkenyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocycle moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • "Heterocycle-alkynyl" as used herein refers to an alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocycle radical. The heterocycle-alkynyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkynyl moiety of the heterocycle-alkynyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocycle moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • "Heteroaryl" means means an aromatic ring system including at least one N, O, S, or P. Examples of heteroaryl include but are not limited to pyridyl, dihydropyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, s-triazinyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, furanyl, thiofuranyl, thienyl, and pyrrolyl.
  • "Heteroaryl-alkyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyle radical. An example of a heteroaryl-alkyl group is 2-pyridyl-methylene. The heteroaryl-alkyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkyl moiety of the heteroaryl-alkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heteroaryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • "Heteroaryl-alkenyl" as used herein refers to an alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with an heteroaryl radical. The heteroaryl-alkenyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkenyl moiety of the heteroaryl-alkenyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heteroaryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • "Heteroaryl-alkynyl" as used herein refers to an alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, is replaced with a heteroaryl radical. The heteroaryl-alkynyl group comprises 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. the alkynyl moiety of the heteroaryl-alkynyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heteroaryl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • By way of example, carbon bonded heterocyclic rings are bonded at position 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridine, position 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyrimidine, position 2, 3, 5, or 6 of a pyrazine, position 2, 3, 4, or 5 of a furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiofuran, thiophene, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole, position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or thiazole, position 3, 4, or 5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of an aziridine, position 2, 3, or 4 of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of an isoquinoline. Still more typically, carbon bonded heterocycles include 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 5-pyridyl, 6-pyridyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 5-pyridazinyl, 6-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 6-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl, 5-pyrazinyl, 6-pyrazinyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, or 5-thiazolyl.
  • By way of example, nitrogen bonded heterocyclic rings are bonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, 1 H-indazole, position 2 of a isoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 of a carbazole, or β-carboline. Still more typically, nitrogen bonded heterocycles include 1-aziridyl, 1-azetedyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, and 1-piperidinyl.
  • As used herein and unless otherwise stated, the terms "alkoxy", "cycloalkoxy", "aryloxy", "arylalkyloxy", "oxyheterocycle ring", "thio-alkyl", "thio-cycloalkyl", "arylthio", "arylalkylthio" and "thioheterocyce" refer to substituents wherein an alkyl radical, respectively a cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or heterocycle radical (each of them such as defined herein), are attached to an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom through a single bond, such as but not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, thioethyl, thiomethyl, phenyloxy, benzyloxy, mercaptobenzyl and the like. The same definitions will apply for alkenyl and alkynyl radicals in stead of alkyl.
  • As used herein and unless otherwise stated, the term halogen means any atom selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • Any substituent designation that is found in more than one site in a compound of this invention shall be independently selected.
  • Substituents optionally are designated with or without bonds. Regardless of bond indications, if a substituent is polyvalent (based on its position in the structure referred to), then any and all possible orientations of the substituent are intended.
  • The compounds of the invention optionally are bound covalently to an insoluble matrix and used for affinity chromatography (separations, depending on the nature of the groups of the compounds, for example compounds with pendant aryl are useful in hydrophobic affinity separations.
  • The compounds of the invention are employed for the treatment or prophylaxis of viral infections, more particularly retroviral infections, in particular HIV infections. When using one or more compounds of the invention and of the formulae as defined herein:
    • the compound(s) may be administered to the animal or mammal (including a human) to be treated by any means well known in the art, i.e. orally, intranasally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intradermally, intravenously, intra-arterially, parenterally or by catheterization.
    • the therapeutically effective amount of the preparation of the compound(s), especially for the treatment of viral infections in humans and other mammals, preferably is a retroviral replication inhibiting amount of the formulae as defined herein and corresponds to an amount which ensures a plasma level of between 1µg/ml and 100 mg/ml, optionally of 10 mg/ml.
  • The present invention further relates to compounds for use in a method for preventing or treating a viral infections in a subject or patient. The therapeutically effective amount of the compound(s), especially for the treatment of viral infections in humans and other mammals, preferably is a retroviral replication inhibiting amount. The suitable dosage is usually in the range of 0.001 mg to 60 mg, optionally 0.01 mg to 10 mg, optionally 0.1 mg to 1 mg per day per kg bodyweight for humans. Depending upon the pathologic condition to be treated and the patient's condition, the said effective amount may be divided into several sub-units per day or may be administered at more than one day intervals.
  • As is conventional in the art, the evaluation of a synergistic effect in a drug combination may be made by analyzing the quantification of the interactions between individual drugs, using the median effect principle described by Chou et al. in Adv. Enzyme Reg. (1984) 22:27. Briefly, this principle states that interactions (synergism, additivity, antagonism) between two drugs can be quantified using the combination index (hereinafter referred as CI) defined by the following equation: C I x = E D x 1 c E D x 1 a + E D x 2 c E D x 2 a
    Figure imgb0023
     wherein EDx is the dose of the first or respectively second drug used alone (1a, 2a), or in combination with the second or respectively first drug (1c, 2c), which is needed to produce a given effect. The said first and second drug have synergistic or additive or antagonistic effects depending upon Cl < 1, Cl = 1, or Cl > 1, respectively.
  • Synergistic activity of the pharmaceutical compositions or combined preparations of this invention against viral infection may also be readily determined by means of one or more tests such as, but not limited to, the isobologram method, as previously described by Elion et al. in J. Biol. Chem. (1954) 208:477-488 and by Baba et al. in Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (1984) 25:515-517, using EC50 for calculating the fractional inhibitory concentration (hereinafter referred as FIC). When the minimum FIC index corresponding to the FIC of combined compounds (e.g., FICx + FICy) is equal to 1.0, the combination is said to be additive; when it is between 1.0 and 0.5, the combination is defined as subsynergistic, and when it is lower than 0.5, the combination is by defined as synergistic. When the minimum FIC index is between 1.0 and 2.0, the combination is defined as subantagonistic and, when it is higher than 2.0, the combination is defined as antagonistic.
  • This principle may be applied to a combination of different antiviral drugs of the invention or to a combination of the antiviral drugs of the invention with other drugs that exhibit anti-HIV activity.
  • The invention thus relates to a pharmaceutical composition or combined preparation having synergistic effects against a viral infection and containing:
    • Either:
      1. A)
        1. (a) a combination of two or more of the thieno[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives of the present invention, and
        2. (b) optionally one or more pharmaceutical excipients or pharmaceutically acceptable carriers,
        for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment or prevention of a retroviridae infection
        or
    • B)
      • (c) one or more anti-viral agents, and
      • (d) at least one of the thieno[2,3-b]pyridines derivatives of the present invention, and
      • (e) optionally one or more pharmaceutical excipients or pharmaceutically acceptable carriers,
      for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment or prevention of a retroviridae infection.
      • Suitable anti-viral agents for inclusion into the synergistic antiviral compositions or combined preparations of this invention include, for instance, tenofovir, azidothymidine (AZT), lamivudine (3TC), nevirapine, efavirenz, nelfinavir, saquinavir, ritonavir, amprenavir, enfuvirtide, rlvitegravir or elvitegravir.
  • The pharmaceutical composition or combined preparation with synergistic activity against viral infection according to this invention may contain the thieno[2,3-b]pyridines derivatives of the present invention over a broad content range depending on the contemplated use and the expected effect of the preparation. Generally, the content of the thieno[2,3-b]pyridines derivatives of the present invention of the combined preparation is within the range of 0.1 to 99.9% by weight, preferably from 1 to 99% by weight, more preferably from 5 to 95% by weight.
  • According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the compounds of the invention may be employed in combination with other therapeutic agents for the treatment or prophylaxis of retroviral infections, more preferably HIV. The invention therefore relates to the use of a composition comprising:
    1. (a) one or more compounds of the formulae herein, and
    2. (b) one or more retroviral enzyme inhibitors as biologically active agents in respective proportions such as to provide a synergistic effect against a viral infection, particularly a retroviral infection in a mammal, for instance in the form of a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in viral infection therapy, such as of HIV.
  • More generally, the invention relates to the compounds of formula (B2) as claimed being useful as agents having biological activity (particularly antiviral activity) or as diagnostic agents. Any of the uses mentioned with respect to the present invention may be restricted to a non-medical use, a non-therapeutic use, a non-diagnostic use, or exclusively an in vitro use, or a use related to cells remote from an animal.
  • Those of skill in the art will also recognize that the compounds of the invention may exist in many different protonation states, depending on, among other things, the pH of their environment. While the structural formulae provided herein depict the compounds in only one of several possible protonation states, it will be understood that these structures are illustrative only, and that the invention is not limited to any particular protonation state - any and all protonated forms of the compounds are intended to fall within the scope of the invention.
  • The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" as used herein means the therapeutically active non-toxic salt forms which the compounds of formulae herein are able to form. Therefore, the compounds of this invention optionally comprise salts of the compounds herein, especially pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salts containing, for example, Na+, Li+, K+, NH4+, Ca2+ and Mg2+. Such salts may include those derived by combination of appropriate cations such as alkali and alkaline earth metal ions or ammonium and quaternary amino ions with an acid anion moiety, typically a carboxylic acid. The compounds of the invention may bear multiple positive or negative charges. The net charge of the compounds of the invention may be either positive or negative. Any associated counter ions are typically dictated by the synthesis and/or isolation methods by which the compounds are obtained. Typical counter ions include, but are not limited to ammonium, sodium, potassium, lithium, halides, acetate, trifluoroacetate, etc., and mixtures thereof. It will be understood that the identity of any associated counter ion is not a critical feature of the invention, and that the invention encompasses the compounds in association with any type of counter ion. Moreover, as the compounds can exist in a variety of different forms, the invention is intended to encompass not only forms of the compounds that are in association with counter ions (e.g., dry salts), but also forms that are not in association with counter ions (e.g., aqueous or organic solutions). Metal salts typically are prepared by reacting the metal hydroxide with a compound of this invention. Examples of metal salts which are prepared in this way are salts containing Li+, Na+, and K+. A less soluble metal salt can be precipitated from the solution of a more soluble salt by addition of the suitable metal compound. In addition, salts may be formed from acid addition of certain organic and inorganic acids to basic centers, typically amines, or to acidic groups. Examples of such appropriate acids include, for instance, inorganic acids such as hydrohalogen acids, e.g. hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like; or organic acids such as, for example, acetic, propanoic, hydroxyacetic, 2-hydroxypropanoic, 2-oxopropanoic, lactic, pyruvic, oxalic (i.e. ethanedioic), malonic, succinic (i.e. butanedioic acid), maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclohexanesulfamic, salicylic (i.e. 2-hydroxybenzoic), p-aminosalicylic and the like. Furthermore, this term also includes the solvates which the compounds of formulae herein as well as their salts are able to form, such as for example hydrates, alcoholates and the like. Finally, it is to be understood that the compositions herein comprise compounds of the invention in their unionized, as well as zwitterionic form, and combinations with stoichiometric amounts of water as in hydrates.
  • Also included within the scope of this invention are the salts of the parental compounds with one or more amino acids, especially the naturally-occurring amino acids found as protein components. The amino acid typically is one bearing a side chain with a basic or acidic group, e.g., lysine, arginine or glutamic acid, or a neutral group such as glycine, serine, threonine, alanine, isoleucine, or leucine.
  • The compounds of the invention also include physiologically acceptable salts thereof. Examples of physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention include salts derived from an appropriate base, such as an alkali metal (for example, sodium), an alkaline earth (for example, magnesium), ammonium and NX4 + (wherein X is C1-C4 alkyl). Physiologically acceptable salts of an hydrogen atom or an amino group include salts of organic carboxylic acids such as acetic, benzoic, lactic, fumaric, tartaric, maleic, malonic, malic, isethionic, lactobionic and succinic acids; organic sulfonic acids, such as methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic and p-toluenesulfonic acids; and inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric and sulfamic acids. Physiologically acceptable salts of a compound containing a hydroxy group include the anion of said compound in combination with a suitable cation such as Na+ and NX4 + (wherein X typically is independently selected from H or a C1-C4 alkyl group). However, salts of acids or bases which are not physiologically acceptable may also find use, for example, in the preparation or purification of a physiologically acceptable compound. All salts, whether or not derived from a physiologically acceptable acid or base, are within the scope of the present invention.
  • As used herein and unless otherwise stated, the term "enantiomer" means each individual optically active form of a compound of the invention, having an optical purity or enantiomeric excess (as determined by methods standard in the art) of at least 80% (i.e. at least 90% of one enantiomer and at most 10% of the other enantiomer), preferably at least 90% and more preferably at least 98%.
  • The term "isomers" as used herein means all possible isomeric forms, including tautomeric and stereochemical forms, which the compounds of formulae herein may possess, but not including position isomers. Typically, the structures shown herein exemplify only one tautomeric or resonance form of the compounds, but the corresponding alternative configurations are contemplated as well. Unless otherwise stated, the chemical designation of compounds denotes the mixture of all possible stereochemically isomeric forms, said mixtures containing all diastereomers and enantiomers (since the compounds of formulae herein may have at least one chiral center) of the basic molecular structure, as well as the stereochemically pure or enriched compounds. More particularly, stereogenic centers may have either the R- or S-configuration, and multiple bonds may have either cis- or trans-configuration.
  • Pure isomeric forms of the said compounds are defined as isomers substantially free of other enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms of the same basic molecular structure. In particular, the term "stereoisomerically pure" or "chirally pure" relates to compounds having a stereoisomeric excess of at least about 80% (i.e. at least 90% of one isomer and at most 10% of the other possible isomers), preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 94% and most preferably at least 97%. The terms "enantiomerically pure" and "diastereomerically pure" should be understood in a similar way, having regard to the enantiomeric excess, respectively the diastereomeric excess, of the mixture in question.
  • Separation of stereoisomers is accomplished by standard methods known to those in the art. One enantiomer of a compound of the invention can be separated substantially free of its opposing enantiomer by a method such as formation of diastereomers using optically active resolving agents ("Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds," (1962) by E. L. Eliel, McGraw Hill; Lochmuller, C. H., (1975) J. Chromatogr., 113:(3) 283-302). Separation of isomers in a mixture can be accomplished by any suitable method, including: (1) formation of ionic, diastereomeric salts with chiral compounds and separation by fractional crystallization or other methods, (2) formation of diastereomeric compounds with chiral derivatizing reagents, separation of the diastereomers, and conversion to the pure enantiomers, or (3) enantiomers can be separated directly under chiral conditions. Under method (1), diastereomeric salts can be formed by reaction of enantiomerically pure chiral bases such as brucine, quinine, ephedrine, strychnine, a-methyl-b-phenylethylamine (amphetamine), and the like with asymmetric compounds bearing acidic functionality, such as carboxylic acid and sulfonic acid. The diastereomeric salts may be induced to separate by fractional crystallization or ionic chromatography. For separation of the optical isomers of amino compounds, addition of chiral carboxylic or sulfonic acids, such as camphorsulfonic acid, tartaric acid, mandelic acid, or lactic acid can result in formation of the diastereomeric salts. Alternatively, by method (2), the substrate to be resolved may be reacted with one enantiomer of a chiral compound to form a diastereomeric pair (Eliel, E. and Wilen, S. (1994) Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., p. 322). Diastereomeric compounds can be formed by reacting asymmetric compounds with enantiomerically pure chiral derivatizing reagents, such as menthyl derivatives, followed by separation of the diastereomers and hydrolysis to yield the free, enantiomerically enriched xanthene. A method of determining optical purity involves making chiral esters, such as a menthyl ester or Mosher ester, a-methoxy-a-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl acetate (Jacob III. (1982) J. Org. Chem. 47:4165), of the racemic mixture, and analyzing the NMR spectrum for the presence of the two atropisomeric diastereomers. Stable diastereomers can be separated and isolated by normal- and reverse-phase chromatography following methods for separation of atropisomeric naphthyl-isoquinolines ( Hoye, T., WO 96/15111 ). Under method (3), a racemic mixture of two asymmetric enantiomers is separated by chromatography using a chiral stationary phase. Suitable chiral stationary phases are, for example, polysaccharides, in particular cellulose or amylose derivatives. Commercially available polysaccharide based chiral stationary phases are ChiralCel™ CA, OA, OB5, OC5, OD, OF, OG, OJ and OK, and Chiralpak™ AD, AS, OP(+) and OT(+). Appropriate eluents or mobile phases for use in combination with said polysaccharide chiral stationary phases are hexane and the like, modified with an alcohol such as ethanol, isopropanol and the like. ("Chiral Liquid Chromatography" (1989) W. J. Lough, Ed. Chapman and Hall, New York; Okamoto, (1990) "Optical resolution of dihydropyridine enantiomers by High-performance liquid chromatography using phenylcarbamates of polysaccharides as a chiral stationary phase", J. of Chromatogr. 513:375-378).
  • The terms cis and trans are used herein in accordance with Chemical Abstracts nomenclature and include reference to the position of the substituents on a ring moiety. The absolute stereochemical configuration of the compounds of formula (1) may easily be determined by those skilled in the art while using well-known methods such as, for example, X-ray diffraction.
  • The compounds of the invention may be formulated with conventional carriers and excipients, which will be selected in accordanc with standard practice. Tablets will contain excipients, glidants, fillers, binders and the like. Aqueous formulations are prepared in sterile form, and when intended for delivery by other than oral administration generally will be isotonic. Formulations optionally contain excipients such as those set forth in the "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients" (1986) and include ascorbic acid and other antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA, carbohydrates such as dextrin, hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid and the like.
  • Subsequently, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means any material or substance with which the active ingredient is formulated in order to facilitate its application or dissemination to the locus to be treated, for instance by dissolving, dispersing or diffusing the said composition, and/or to facilitate its storage, transport or handling without impairing its effectiveness. The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may be a solid or a liquid or a gas which has been compressed to form a liquid, i.e. the compositions of this invention can suitably be used as concentrates, emulsions, solutions, granulates, dusts, sprays, aerosols, suspensions, ointments, creams, tablets, pellets or powders.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical carriers for use in the said pharmaceutical compositions and their formulation are well known to those skilled in the art, and there is no particular restriction to their selection within the present invention. They may also include additives such as wetting agents, dispersing agents, stickers, adhesives, emulsifying agents, solvents, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents (for example phenol, sorbic acid, chlorobutanol), isotonic agents (such as sugars or sodium chloride) and the like, provided the same are consistent with pharmaceutical practice, i.e. carriers and additives which do not create permanent damage to mammals. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be prepared in any known manner, for instance by homogeneously mixing, coating and/or grinding the active ingredients, in a one-step or multi-steps procedure, with the selected carrier material and, where appropriate, the other additives such as surface-active agents. may also be prepared by micronisation, for instance in view to obtain them in the form of microspheres usually having a diameter of about 1 to 10 gm, namely for the manufacture of microcapsules for controlled or sustained release of the active ingredients.
  • Suitable surface-active agents, also known as emulgent or emulsifier, to be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are non-ionic, cationic and/or anionic materials having good emulsifying, dispersing and/or wetting properties. Suitable anionic surfactants include both water-soluble soaps and water-soluble synthetic surface-active agents. Suitable soaps are alkaline or alkaline-earth metal salts, unsubstituted or substituted ammonium salts of higher fatty acids (C10-C22), e.g. the sodium or potassium salts of oleic or stearic acid, or of natural fatty acid mixtures obtainable from coconut oil or tallow oil. Synthetic surfactants include sodium or calcium salts of polyacrylic acids; fatty sulphonates and sulphates; sulphonated benzimidazole derivatives and alkylarylsulphonates. Fatty sulphonates or sulphates are usually in the form of alkaline or alkaline-earth metal salts, unsubstituted ammonium salts or ammonium salts substituted with an alkyl or acyl radical having from 8 to 22 carbon atoms, e.g. the sodium or calcium salt of lignosulphonic acid or dodecylsulphonic acid or a mixture of fatty alcohol sulphates obtained from natural fatty acids, alkaline or alkaline-earth metal salts of sulphuric or sulphonic acid esters (such as sodium lauryl sulphate) and sulphonic acids of fatty alcohol/ethylene oxide adducts. Suitable sulphonated benzimidazole derivatives preferably contain 8 to 22 carbon atoms. Examples of alkylarylsulphonates are the sodium, calcium or alcoholamine salts of dodecylbenzene sulphonic acid or dibutyl-naphthalenesulphonic acid or a naphthalene-sulphonic acid/formaldehyde condensation product. Also suitable are the corresponding phosphates, e.g. salts of phosphoric acid ester and an adduct of p-nonylphenol with ethylene and/or propylene oxide, or phospholipids. Suitable phospholipids for this purpose are the natural (originating from animal or plant cells) or synthetic phospholipids of the cephalin or lecithin type such as e.g. phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerine, lysolecithin, cardiolipin, dioctanylphosphatidyl-choline, dipalmitoylphoshatidyl -choline and their mixtures.
  • Suitable non-ionic surfactants include polyethoxylated and polypropoxylated derivatives of alkylphenols, fatty alcohols, fatty acids, aliphatic amines or amides containing at least 12 carbon atoms in the molecule, alkylarenesulphonates and dialkylsulphosuccinates, such as polyglycol ether derivatives of aliphatic and cycloaliphatic alcohols, saturated and unsaturated fatty acids and alkylphenols, said derivatives preferably containing 3 to 10 glycol ether groups and 8 to 20 carbon atoms in the (aliphatic) hydrocarbon moiety and 6 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety of the alkylphenol. Further suitable non-ionic surfactants are water-soluble adducts of polyethylene oxide with poylypropylene glycol, ethylenediaminopolypropylene glycol containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, which adducts contain 20 to 250 ethyleneglycol ether groups and/or 10 to 100 propyleneglycol ether groups. Such compounds usually contain from 1 to 5 ethyleneglycol units per propyleneglycol unit. Representative examples of non-ionic surfactants are nonylphenol - polyethoxyethanol, castor oil polyglycolic ethers, polypropylene/polyethylene oxide adducts, tributylphenoxypolyethoxyethanol, polyethyleneglycol and octylphenoxypolyethoxyethanol. Fatty acid esters of polyethylene sorbitan (such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate), glycerol, sorbitan, sucrose and pentaerythritol are also suitable non-ionic surfactants.
  • Suitable cationic surfactants include quaternary ammonium salts, particularly halides, having 4 hydrocarbon radicals optionally substituted with halo, phenyl, substituted phenyl or hydroxy; for instance quaternary ammonium salts containing as N-substituent at least one C8C22 alkyl radical (e.g. cetyl, lauryl, palmityl, myristyl, oleyl and the like) and, as further substituents, unsubstituted or halogenated lower alkyl, benzyl and/or hydroxy-lower alkyl radicals.
  • A more detailed description of surface-active agents suitable for this purpose may be found for instance in "McCutcheon's Detergents and Emulsifiers Annual" (MC Publishing Crop., Ridgewood, New Jersey, 1981), "Tensid-Taschenbucw', 2 d ed. (Hanser Verlag, Vienna, 1981) and "Encyclopaedia of Surfactants, (Chemical Publishing Co., New York, 1981).
  • Compounds of the invention and their physiologically acceptable salts (hereafter collectively referred to as the active ingredients) may be administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated, suitable routes including oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including ocular, buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural). The preferred route of administration may vary with for example the condition of the recipient.
  • While it is possible for the active ingredients to be administered alone, it is preferable to present them as pharmaceutical formulations. The formulations, both for veterinary and for human use, of the present invention comprise at least one active ingredient, as above described, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers therefore and optionally other. therapeutic ingredients. The carrier(s) optimally are "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof. The formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural) administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. For infections of the eye or other external tissues e.g. mouth and skin, the formulations are optionally applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w/w (including active ingredient(s) in a range between 0.1% and 20% in increments of 0.1% w/w such as 0.6% w/w, 0.7% w/w, etc), preferably 0.2 to 15% w/w and most preferably 0.5 to 10% w/w. When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e. an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG400) and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogs.
  • The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Optionally, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low. Thus the cream should optionally be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient. The active ingredient is optionally present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% particularly about 1.5% w/w. Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salicylate. Formulations suitable for nasal administration wherein the carrier is a solid include a coarse powder having a particle size for example in the range 20 to 500 microns (including particle sizes in a range between 20 and 500 microns in increments of 5 microns such as 30 microns, 35 microns, etc), which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e. by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose. Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid, for administration as for example a nasal spray or as nasal drops, include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient. Formulations suitable for aerosol administration may be prepared according to conventional methods and may be delivered with other therapeutic agents.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of an active ingredient.
  • It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above the formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
  • Compounds of the invention can be used to provide controlled release pharmaceutical formulations containing as active ingredient one or more compounds of the invention ("controlled release formulations") in which the release of the active ingredient can be controlled and regulated to allow less frequency dosing or to improve the pharmacokinetic or toxicity profile of a given invention compound. Controlled release formulations adapted for oral administration in which discrete units comprising one or more compounds of the invention can be prepared according to conventional methods.
  • Additional ingredients may be included in order to control the duration of action of the active ingredient in the composition. Control release compositions may thus be achieved by selecting appropriate polymer carriers such as for example polyesters, polyamino acids, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, protamine sulphatesulphate and the like. The rate of drug release and duration of action may also be controlled by incorporating the active ingredient into particles, e.g. microcapsules, of a polymeric substance such as hydrogels, polylactic acid, hydroxymethylcellulose, polymethyl methacrylate and the other above-described polymers. Such methods include colloid drug delivery systems like liposomes, microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles, nanocapsules and so on. Depending on the route of administration, the pharmaceutical composition may require protective coatings. Pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectionable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation thereof. Typical carriers for this purpose therefore include biocompatible aqueous buffers, ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like and mixtures thereof.
  • In view of the fact that, when several active ingredients are used in combination, they do not necessarily bring out their joint therapeutic effect directly at the same time in the mammal to be treated, the corresponding composition may also be in the form of a medical kit or package containing the two ingredients in separate but adjacent repositories or compartments. In the latter context, each active ingredient may therefore be formulated in a way suitable for an administration route different from that of the other ingredient, e.g. one of them may be in the form of an oral or parenteral formulation whereas the other is in the form of an ampoule for intravenous injection or an aerosol.
  • It may be desirable to formulate the compounds of the present invention in the form of a chemical species which itself is not significantly biologically-active, but which when delivered to the animal will undergo a chemical reaction catalyzed by the normal function of the body of the animal, inter alia, enzymes present in the stomach or in blood serum, said chemical reaction having the effect of releasing a compound as defined herein. The term "pro-drug" thus relates to these species which are converted in vivo into the active pharmaceutical ingredient.
  • The prodrugs can have any form suitable to the formulator, for example, esters are non-limiting common pro-drug forms. In the present case, however, the pro-drug may necessarily exist in a form wherein a covalent bond is cleaved by the action of an enzyme present at the target locus. For example, a C-C covalent bond may be selectively cleaved by one or more enzymes at said target locus and, therefore, a pro-drug in a form other than an easily hydrolysable precursor, inter alia an ester, an amide, and the like, may be used. The counterpart of the active pharmaceutical ingredient in the pro-drug can have different structures such as an amino acid or peptide structure, alkyl chains, sugar moieties and others as known in the art.
  • The term "therapeutically suitable prodrug" is defined herein as "a compound modified in such a way as to be transformed in vivo to the therapeutically active form, whether by way of a single or by multiple biological transformations, when in contact with the tissues of the animal, mammal or human to which the pro-drug has been administered, and without undue toxicity, irritation, or allergic response, and achieving the intended therapeutic outcome ".
  • More specifically the term "prodrug", as used herein, relates to an inactive or significantly less active derivative of a compound such as represented by the structural formula (I), which undergoes spontaneous or enzymatic transformation within the body in order to release the pharmacologically active form of the compound. For a comprehensive review, reference is made to Rautio J. et al. ("Prodrugs: design and clinical applications" Nature Reviews Drug Discovery, 2008, doi: 10.1038/nrd2468).
  • The compounds of the invention can be prepared while using a series of chemical reactions well known to those skilled in the art, altogether making up the process for preparing said compounds and exemplified further. The processes described further are only meant as examples and by no means are meant to limit the scope of the present invention.
  • The compounds of interest having a general formula I can be prepared as outlined in the general chemical scheme A.
    Figure imgb0024
     Scheme A: all R1, R2a, R2b, Z2, R4, R5 and R6 are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • In a first step, a beta-ketonitrile of formula II (commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below), can be reacted with a compound of formula III in the presence of sulfur (or in particular embodiment with a sulfur source such as p-dithiane-2,5-diol and 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane) and a strong base (e.g., DBU, morpholine, triethylamine, ...) in a polar protic solvent (e.g., methanol, ethanol, propan-2-ol, ...) or in a polar aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature raising from 60°C to 100°C, to yield the expected 2-aminothiophene derivative of formula IV. More detailed synthetic procedures can be found in the following reference (Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 49, (13), 2006, 3906-3915). In more specific embodiments, when R5 and R6 are hydrogens or when for example one of R5 and R6 is a hydrogen, and the other of R5 and R6 is a alkyl (such as methyl), p-dithiane-2,5-diol and 2,5-dialkyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane (such as 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane) can be used as a sulfur source respectively.
  • The intermediate of formula IV can then be reacted with a gamma-ketoester (commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below) having a general formula V in the presence of trimethyl chlorosilane in a polar aprotic solvent (e.g., DMF, DMAc, ...) at high temperature (most preferably 100°C) to yield to the desired compounds having a general formula VI. In a particular embodiment for the synthesis of the compounds of the invention, Z2 is an alkyl (ester protecting group) such as methyl or ethyl. For the synthesis of compounds of the invention wherein R3 is different from -COOH or -COOZ2, the same procedure can be used as provided in scheme A whereby the compound of formula V is replaced by R4C(O)CH2CH2R3 or R4C(O)CH2CR2aR2bR3 (commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art).
    Similarly, compounds having a general formula IX can be obtained from compounds IV and compounds VIII following a procedure identical to the one used for the preparation of compounds VI and described in the following reference (Heterocycles 7 (11), 2397-2411, 2007). Compounds of general formula VII can be obtained from compounds with formula VI and derivatives R2aX and/or R2bX, wherein X is a leaving group such as a halogen atom (e.g., Cl, Br, I) or a sulfonate (e.g., mesylate, tosylate, triflate) following procedures that are known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below. Similarly, compounds of general formula VII can also be obtained from intermediates of formula IV and intermediates of formula X (commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below). Compounds of formula VII can be finally converted into the desired carboxylic acid derivatives having a general formula I by using standard basic hydrolysis conditions known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below.
    Figure imgb0025
     Scheme B: all R1, R2a, R2b, R4, R5, R6 and LG are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • In a first step, a cyanoacetate derivative of formula XI (commercially available or prepared by procedures known to the skilled in the art), wherein R is an ester protecting group (e.g., methyl, ethyl and the like), can be reacted with a compound of formula III in the presence of sulfur (or in particular embodiment with a sulfur source such as p-dithiane-2,5-diol and 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane) and a strong base (e.g., DBU, morpholine, triethylamine, ...) in a polar protic solvent (e.g., methanol, ethanol, propan-2-ol, ...) or in a polar aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature raising from 60°C to 100°C, to yield the expected 2-aminothiophene derivative of formula XII. More detailed synthetic procedures can be found in the following reference (Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 49, (13), 2006, 3906-3915). In more specific embodiments, when R5 and R6 are hydrogens or when for example one of R5 and R6 is a hydrogen, and the other of R5 and R6 is a alkyl (such as methyl), p-dithiane-2,5-diol and 2,5-dialkyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane (such as 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane) can be used as a sulfur source respectively. Intermediates of formula XII can be reacted with intermediates of formula XIII (commercially available or synthesized by procedures known to the skilled in the art) wherein Z2 is an alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl and the like) in an apolar aprotic solvent (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene and the like) at a temperature raising from 80 to 140°C to provide enamine intermediates which are converted into intermediates of general formula XIV in the presence of a strong base (e.g., sodium hydride, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, ...) in a polar protic solvent (e.g., alcohol, ...). Intermediates XIV are then converted in intermediates of formula XV by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below, and wherein LG is a leaving group only selected from halogen. It is known for the skilled in the art that when LG is a chlorine atom, this atom can be exchange for a more reactive halogen atom (bromine or iodine) using substitution reactions which are known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below. Intermediates of formula XV can then be converted into intermediates of formula XVI by reduction of the ester functionality using standard reducing agents (LiAlH4 and most preferably DIBAL) in polar aprotic solvents (e.g., THF, dichloromethane and the like) at a temperature ranging from -78°C to 0°C (most preferably -78°C). Intermediates of formula XVI are then oxidized in intermediates of formula XVII by procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below. Addition of trimethylsilylcyanide on intermediates XVII in the presence of zinc iodide provides intermediates of formula XVIII, which are immediately hydrolyzed under acidic conditions to provide intermediates of formula XIX. Intermediates of general formula XX may be obtained by reacting intermediates of formula XIX with suitable R2aX and or R2bX, wherein X is a leaving group such as a halogen atom (e.g., Cl, Br, I) or a sulfonate (e.g., mesylate, tosylate, triflate) in the presence of a strong base (e.g., NaH, LiHMDS, DBU and the like) in a polar aprotic solvent (e.g., THF, dichloromethane, DMF and the like) at a temperature raising from -78°C to 80°C (most preferably -78°C). Alternatively, compounds of general formula XX may also be obtained in acidic conditions by reacting an alkene (e.g., ethylene, prolylene, isoprene and the like) or an alkene precursor (e.g., isopropyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, and the like). In another embodiment, the hydroxyl function of intermediates XIX may also be converted into a leaving group selected from sulfonates (e.g., mesylate, tosylate and the like) or from halogen atom (e.g., chlorine, bromine, iodine) following procedures known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below. This leaving group can then undergo a nucleophilic substitution using suitable precursors of R2a and or R2b following reactions which are known to the skilled in the art to provide the desired intermediates of formula XX. Alternatively, the hydroxyl function of intermediates XIX may also be converted into a keto (C=O) function following standard oxidation reactions which are known to the skilled in the art. This keto function can then be subjected to reductive amination conditions to provide the desired intermediates of formula XX. Additionally, this keto function may undergo a nucleophilic attack using suitable precursors of R2a and or R2b following reactions which are known to the skilled in the art to provide the desired intermediates of formula XX. Coupling of intermediates XX with a suitable R1 precursor by procedures known to the skilled in the art (amination, Suzuki coupling, Negishi coupling, Stille coupling and the like) provides compounds of formula VII, which can be converted in the desired compounds of formula I using standard hydrolysis conditions.
  • In a more specific embodiment, compounds of the present invention can be prepared as a pure enantiomeric form following the procedure depicted hereunder.
    Figure imgb0026
     Scheme C: all R1, R2a, R2b, R4, R5, R6 are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • Racemic acids of general formula I are reacted with a chiral auxiliary *R in order to form a mixture of diastereomers XXIa and XXIb which are then separable using different methods known to the skilled in the art (e.g., silica gel chromatography, crystallization, HPLC among others). It is known for the skilled in the art that many different chiral auxiliaries can be used to achieve chiral resolution of racemic acids. Most preferably, *R will be selected from enantiomerically pure alcohol (e.g., L(-)-menthol, L(-)-borneol, D(-)-pantolactone and the like) or from enatiomerically pure oxazolidinone derivatives (e.g., (R)-(+)-4-Isopropyl-2-oxazolidinone, R-(+)-4-benzyl-2-oxazolidinone, and the like). Pure enantiomers Ia and Ib can then be obtained after cleavage of the chiral auxiliary by standard hydrolysis conditions known to the skilled in the art or as set forth in the examples below.
  • In a particular embodiment, compounds of the invention, wherein R3 is different from -COOH or -COOZ2, can be prepared following reactions known to the skilled in the art or as depicted in the following chemical schemes (scheme D to J).
    Figure imgb0027
     Scheme D: all R1, R2a, R2b, R4, R5, R6 are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • Compounds of general formula XXII and XXIII can be obtained from compounds of general formula I by treatment with carbonyl diimidazole (CDI) and suitable sulfonamide derivatives. More detailed information can be found in J. Med. Chem. 2007, 50, 3984-4002 and J. Med. Chem. 2002, 45, 567-583. Compounds of general formula I can be reacted with thionyl chloride in order to obtain an acid chloride intermediate which is immediately substituted with cyanamide or ammonia to provide compounds of formula XXIV and XXV respectively. Compounds of formula XXV are subsequently converted in compounds of formula XXVI by treatment with trifluoroacetic anhydride (TFAA) in the presence of triethylamine as described in Tetrahedron, 2006 (62), 11948-11954. Compounds of formula XXVI can then be converted in compounds of general formula XXVII following a standard treatment by sodium azide in the presence of ammonium chloride. Compounds of general formula XXVIII can be obtained from compounds of formula XXVI following a treatment with hydroxylamine and a ring closure reaction by addition of carbonyl diimidazole (CDI).
    Figure imgb0028
     Scheme E: all R1, R2a, R2b, R4, R5, R6 and LG are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • In a first step, intermediates of general formula XVII (see scheme B) are reacted with a suitable R1 precursor by procedures known to the skilled in the art (Suzuki coupling, Negishi coupling, Stille coupling and the like) to provide intermediates of formula XXIX which are converted in intermediates of formula XXX following standard reduction procedures known to the skilled in the art. Reaction of compounds XXX with diphenylphosphorylazide (DPPA) provide an azide intermediate which is immediately reduced to furnish the desired intermediates of formula XXXI.
  • Compounds of formula XXXII and XXXIII can be obtained from intermediates XXXI following a procedure described in J. Heterocyclic Chem. 2006, 43(2), 405-416. Compounds of general formula XXXIV can be obtained from intermediates of formula XXX following the procedure described in US 2004/0023921 . Compounds of general formula XXXV can be obtained from intermediates of formula XXIX following the procedure described in US 2005/084488 .
    Figure imgb0029
     Scheme F: all R1, R2a, R2b, R4, R5, R6 are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • Compounds of formula XXXVI can be obtained from intermediates XXX following a procedure described in Synthesis, 2006, 4131-4134. Compounds of formula XXXVI can be converted into sulfonyl chloride derivatives by treatment with phosphorus pentachloride or thionyl chloride which are immediately converted in compounds of formula XXXVII by treatment with ammonia. Compounds of formula XXXVIII and XXXIX can be obtained from intermediates XXXVII following a procedure described in J. Med. Chem. 2002, 45, 567-583.
    Figure imgb0030
     Scheme G: all R1, R2a, R2b, R4, R5, R6 are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • Compounds of general formula I are converted in acid chloride derivatives of formula XL following procedures known to the skilled in the art. Compounds of formula XLI and XLII can be obtained from compounds of general formula I and Meldrum's Acid following the conditions described in J. Org. Chem., 2000, 65, 1003-1007 and Chemische Berichte, 1963, 96, 944-54 respectively.
    Figure imgb0031
     Scheme H: all R1, R2a, R2b, R4, R5, R6 and LG are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • The hydroxyl function of intermediates of formula XXX is converted in a leaving group following procedures known to the skilled in the art to provide intermediates XLIII which are reacted with methyl 3,3-dimethoxypropanoate to furnish the desired intermediates of formula XLIV as described in Eur. J. Org. Chem., 2008, 10, 1753-1758. Compounds of formula XLV are finaly obtained by treatment with hydroxylamine as described in Journal of the Chemical Society, Chemical Communications, 1991, 5, 314-16.
    Figure imgb0032
     Scheme I: all R1, R2a, R2b, R4, R5, R6 are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • The ester function of compounds of formula VII can be reduced to a primary hydroxyl function which is subsequently oxidized in aldehyde using a complex of pyridine-SO3. The aldehyde is reacted with trimethylsilylcyanide in the presence of zinc iodide and the resulting condensation product is immediately hydrolyzed under acidic conditions to provide intermediates of formula XLVI. Compounds of formula XLVII and XLVIII can be obtained from intermediates of formula XLVI following the procedures described in WO2006/014262 . Compounds of formula IL can be obtained from intermediates of formula XLVI following procedures known for the skilled in the art and described in J. Med. Chem., 1991, 34(9), 2906-2916. Alternatively, compounds of formula VII can be reacted with trimethylsilylcyanide in the presence of zinc iodide following an hydrolysis-esterification step to provide ester intermediates which are immediately reduced into primary alcohol and finaly oxidized to provide intermediates of general formula L. The final conversion of intermediates of formula L into compounds of formula LI can be achieved following the procedure described in J. Med. Chem., 2002, 45, 19-31.
    Figure imgb0033
     Scheme J: all R1, R2a, R2b, R4, R5, R6 are as described for the compounds of the present invention and its embodiments and formulae.
  • Intermediates of formula XXIX are reacted with 1-(benzyloxy)-1 H-pyrazole (commercially available or prepared according to the procedure described in WO2006/108591 ) in the presence of butyl lithium to provide intermediates of formula LII. R2a and or R2b residues are then introduced following reactions known to the skilled in the art and the benzyl protecting group is removed by treatment with triethylsilane in TFA to provide the desired compounds of formula LIII. More details can be found in Bioorg. Med. Chem., 2007, 15, 3524-3538 and Tetrahedron, 2002, 58, 2397-2404. Similarly, intermediates of formula XXIX are reacted with 1-(benzyloxy)-1H-imidazole (commercially available or prepared according to the procedure described in Synthesis, 1989, 10, 773-775) in the presence of butyl lithium to provide intermediates of formula LIV. R2a and or R2b residues are then introduced following reactions known to the skilled in the art and the benzyl protecting group is removed by treatment with triethylsilane in TFA. More details can be found in J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 7418-7420.
    • Examples
  • The following examples are provided for the purpose of illustrating the present invention and by no means should be interpreted to limit the scope of the present invention.
  • All the examples which do not fall within the scope of claim 1 are reference examples; the other ones represent embodiments of the invention. The scope of the invention is defined by the appended claims. Any example not falling within the scope of the appended claims is merely illustrative and does not form part of the invention.Table 1: Structures of example compounds and their respective codes.
    Cpd code STRUCTURE Cpd code STRUCTURE Cpd code STRUCTURE
    1
    Figure imgb0034
         		11
    Figure imgb0035
         		21
    Figure imgb0036
    2
    Figure imgb0037
         		12
    Figure imgb0038
         		22
    Figure imgb0039
    3
    Figure imgb0040
         		13
    Figure imgb0041
         		23
    Figure imgb0042
    4
    Figure imgb0043
         		14
    Figure imgb0044
         		24
    Figure imgb0045
    5
    Figure imgb0046
         		15
    Figure imgb0047
         		25
    Figure imgb0048
    6
    Figure imgb0049
         		16
    Figure imgb0050
         		26
    Figure imgb0051
    7
    Figure imgb0052
         		17
    Figure imgb0053
         		27
    Figure imgb0054
    8
    Figure imgb0055
         		18
    Figure imgb0056
         		28
    Figure imgb0057
    9
    Figure imgb0058
         		19
    Figure imgb0059
         		29
    Figure imgb0060
    10
    Figure imgb0061
         		20
    Figure imgb0062
         		30
    Figure imgb0063
    31
    Figure imgb0064
         		41
    Figure imgb0065
         		51
    Figure imgb0066
    32
    Figure imgb0067
         		42
    Figure imgb0068
         		52
    Figure imgb0069
    33
    Figure imgb0070
         		43
    Figure imgb0071
         		53
    Figure imgb0072
    34
    Figure imgb0073
         		44
    Figure imgb0074
         		54
    Figure imgb0075
    35
    Figure imgb0076
         		45
    Figure imgb0077
         		55
    Figure imgb0078
    36
    Figure imgb0079
         		46
    Figure imgb0080
         		56
    Figure imgb0081
    37
    Figure imgb0082
         		47
    Figure imgb0083
         		57
    Figure imgb0084
    38
    Figure imgb0085
         		48
    Figure imgb0086
         		58
    Figure imgb0087
    39
    Figure imgb0088
         		49
    Figure imgb0089
         		59
    Figure imgb0090
    40
    Figure imgb0091
         		50
    Figure imgb0092
         		60
    Figure imgb0093
    61
    Figure imgb0094
         		71
    Figure imgb0095
         		81
    Figure imgb0096
    62
    Figure imgb0097
         		72
    Figure imgb0098
         		82
    Figure imgb0099
    63
    Figure imgb0100
         		73
    Figure imgb0101
         		83
    Figure imgb0102
    64
    Figure imgb0103
         		74
    Figure imgb0104
         		84
    Figure imgb0105
    65
    Figure imgb0106
         		75
    Figure imgb0107
         		85
    Figure imgb0108
    66
    Figure imgb0109
         		76
    Figure imgb0110
         		86
    Figure imgb0111
    67
    Figure imgb0112
         		77
    Figure imgb0113
         		87
    Figure imgb0114
    68
    Figure imgb0115
         		78
    Figure imgb0116
         		88
    Figure imgb0117
    69
    Figure imgb0118
         		79
    Figure imgb0119
         		89
    Figure imgb0120
    70
    Figure imgb0121
         		80
    Figure imgb0122
         		90
    Figure imgb0123
    91
    Figure imgb0124
         		101
    Figure imgb0125
         		111
    Figure imgb0126
    92
    Figure imgb0127
         		102
    Figure imgb0128
         		112
    Figure imgb0129
    93
    Figure imgb0130
         		103
    Figure imgb0131
         		113
    Figure imgb0132
     <
    94
    Figure imgb0133
         		104
    Figure imgb0134
         		114
    Figure imgb0135
     <
    95
    Figure imgb0136
         		105
    Figure imgb0137
         		115
    Figure imgb0138
    96
    Figure imgb0139
         		106
    Figure imgb0140
         		116
    Figure imgb0141
    97
    Figure imgb0142
         		107
    Figure imgb0143
         		117
    Figure imgb0144
    98
    Figure imgb0145
         		108
    Figure imgb0146
         		118
    Figure imgb0147
    99
    Figure imgb0148
         		109
    Figure imgb0149
         		119
    Figure imgb0150
    100
    Figure imgb0151
         		110
    Figure imgb0152
         		120
    Figure imgb0153
    121
    Figure imgb0154
         		131
    Figure imgb0155
         		141
    Figure imgb0156
    122
    Figure imgb0157
         		132
    Figure imgb0158
         		142
    Figure imgb0159
    123
    Figure imgb0160
         		133
    Figure imgb0161
         		143
    Figure imgb0162
    124
    Figure imgb0163
         		134
    Figure imgb0164
         		144
    Figure imgb0165
    125
    Figure imgb0166
         		135
    Figure imgb0167
         		145
    Figure imgb0168
    126
    Figure imgb0169
         		136
    Figure imgb0170
         		146
    Figure imgb0171
    127
    Figure imgb0172
         		137
    Figure imgb0173
         		147
    Figure imgb0174
    128
    Figure imgb0175
         		138
    Figure imgb0176
         		148
    Figure imgb0177
    129
    Figure imgb0178
         		139
    Figure imgb0179
         		149
    Figure imgb0180
    130
    Figure imgb0181
         		140
    Figure imgb0182
         		150
    Figure imgb0183
    151
    Figure imgb0184
         		161
    Figure imgb0185
         		171
    Figure imgb0186
    152
    Figure imgb0187
         		162
    Figure imgb0188
         		172
    Figure imgb0189
    153
    Figure imgb0190
         		163
    Figure imgb0191
         		173
    Figure imgb0192
    154
    Figure imgb0193
         		164
    Figure imgb0194
         		174
    Figure imgb0195
    155
    Figure imgb0196
         		165
    Figure imgb0197
         		175
    Figure imgb0198
    156
    Figure imgb0199
         		166
    Figure imgb0200
         		176
    Figure imgb0201
    157
    Figure imgb0202
         		167
    Figure imgb0203
         		177
    Figure imgb0204
    158
    Figure imgb0205
         		168
    Figure imgb0206
         		178
    Figure imgb0207
    159
    Figure imgb0208
         		169
    Figure imgb0209
         		179
    Figure imgb0210
    160
    Figure imgb0211
         		170
    Figure imgb0212
         		180
    Figure imgb0213
    181
    Figure imgb0214
         		191
    Figure imgb0215
         		201
    Figure imgb0216
    182
    Figure imgb0217
         		192
    Figure imgb0218
         		202
    Figure imgb0219
    183
    Figure imgb0220
         		193
    Figure imgb0221
         		203
    Figure imgb0222
    184
    Figure imgb0223
         		194
    Figure imgb0224
         		204
    Figure imgb0225
    185
    Figure imgb0226
         		195
    Figure imgb0227
         		205
    Figure imgb0228
    186
    Figure imgb0229
         		196
    Figure imgb0230
         		206
    Figure imgb0231
    187
    Figure imgb0232
         		197
    Figure imgb0233
         		207
    Figure imgb0234
    188
    Figure imgb0235
         		198
    Figure imgb0236
         		208
    Figure imgb0237
    189
    Figure imgb0238
         		199
    Figure imgb0239
         		209
    Figure imgb0240
    190
    Figure imgb0241
         		200
    Figure imgb0242
         		210
    Figure imgb0243
  • Part A represents the preparation of the compounds (intermediates and final compounds) whereas Part B represents the pharmacological examples.
  • All the preparative HPLC purifications mentioned in this experimental part have been carried out with the following system: a Waters 2489 UV/Visible Detector, a Waters 2545 Binary Gradient Module, a Waters Fraction Collector III and a Waters Dual Flex Injector.
  • The separations were performed with a X-Bridge Prep C18, 100x19mm,5µm column equipped with a X-Bridge C18, 5µm, 19x10mm Guard column.
    Elutions were carried out with the gradient described in the following tables, and detection wavelengths were fixed at 210 and 254nm:
    HPLC method 1:
    Time (min) Flow Rate ml/min Solvent A % Solvent B %
    0 20 50 50
    2.00 20 50 50
    9.00 20 10 90
    11.00 20 10 90
    11.20 20 50 50
    16.00 20 50 50
    • Solvent A : Formic Acid LC-MS grade 0.1% in milliQ water
    • Solvent B : Acetonitrile HPLC grade.

    HPLC method 2:
    Time (min) Flow Rate (mL/min) Solvent A (%) Solvent B (%)
    0 20 80 20
    2.00 20 80 20
    8.00 20 10 90
    10.80 20 10 90
    11.00 20 80 20
    16.00 20 80 20
    • Solvent A : Formic Acid LC-MS grade 0.1% in milliQ water
    • Solvent B : Acetonitrile HPLC grade.

    HPLC method 3:
    Time (min) Flow Rate (mL/min) Solvent A (%) Solvent B (%)
    0 20 80 20
    2.00 20 80 20
    8.00 20 10 90
    10.80 20 10 90
    11.00 20 80 20
    16.00 20 80 20
    • Solvent A : Ammonium Acetate puriss p.a. for HPLC 10mM in milliQ water, adjusted at pH10 with Ammonium Hydroxyde puriss p.a. for HPLC.
    • Solvent B : Acetonitrile HPLC grade.

    HPLC method 4:
    • The HPLC apparatus is composed of : a Waters 2489 UV/Visible Detector, a Waters 2545 Binary Gradient Module, a Waters Dual Flex Injector. The analysis was performed with a ChiralPak IC 250x4.6mm, 5µm column equipped with a ChiralPak IC, 10x4mm, 5µm, Guard Column. The detection wavelengths were fixed at 210 and 254nm and the elution were carried out using an isocratic mode with a mixture of n-Heptane / Isopropanol / TFA - 75 /25 / 0.1 % as eluent.
    PART A
  • Compounds with general formula IV have been prepared following general procedure A unless otherwise described.
  • Compounds with general formula VI have been prepared following general procedure B unless otherwise described.
  • Compounds with general formula VII have been prepared following general procedure C unless otherwise described.
    • General procedure A :
  • A mixture of a beta-ketonitrile (1 equivalent), a ketone (1 to 2 equivalents), sulfur (1 to 2 equivalents) and morpholine (1 to 2 equivalents) in ethanol (1 mL/mmol of default reagent) was heated to 60 °C in a sealed tube until disappearance of default compound. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduce pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford the expected 1-(2-aminothiophen-3-yl)ketone derivative.
    • General procedure B :
  • To a solution of (1-(2-aminothiophen-3-yl)ketone (1 equivalent) and methyl levunilate (1 to 1.1 equivalent) in DMF (4 to 5 mL/mmol) placed in a safety pressure tube was slowly added chlorotrimethylsilane (4 equivalents). The tube was sealed and heated at 100 °C for 18 h or until disappearance of the limiting reagent. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was successively washed with a saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate,, water, brine, dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford the expected methyl 2-(6-methylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate.
    • General procedure C :
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(6-methylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (1 equivalent) in dry DMF at -10°C was slowly added a 1N solution of LHMDS in THF (1.1 to 2 equivalents). Then, the halide derivative (1.5 to 2 equivalents) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 to 18h or until disappearance of the limiting reagent. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of a saturated solution of ammonium chloride and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford the desired product.
    • EXAMPLE 1 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.500 g; 3.141 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.278 mL; 3.136 mmol), sulfur (0.101 g; 3.149 mmol), morpholine (0.275 mL; 3.179 mmol) in ethanol (2.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.524 g (65%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 258 (M+H); 280 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 256 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 2 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)phenyl methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from benzoylacetonitrile (0.725 g; 5 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.442 mL; 5 mmol), sulfur (0.160 g; 5 mmol), morpholine (0.440 mL; 5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.350 g (29%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 244 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 242 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 3 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-4,5-dimethylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.200 g; 1.256 mmol), 2-butanone (0.213 mL; 2.378 mmol), sulfur (0.081 g; 2.527 mmol), morpholine (0.221 mL; 2.554 mmol) in ethanol (1.2 mL) for 40 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.171 g (55%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 246 (M+H); 268 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 244 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 4 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-4-ethyl-5-methylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.300 g; 1.885 mmol), 3-pentanone (0.400 mL; 3.776 mmol), sulfur (0.121 g; 3.773 mmol), morpholine (0.329 mL; 3.761 mmol) in ethanol (1.5 mL) for 40 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.289 g (59%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 260 (M+H); 272 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 258 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 5 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-5-ethyl-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.300 g; 1.885 mmol), 2-pentanone (0.202 mL; 1.897 mmol), sulfur (0.066 g; 2.058 mmol), morpholine (0.187 mL; 2.138 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.304 g (62%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 260 (M+H); 282 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 258 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 6 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-chlorophenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-chlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.300 g; 1.670 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.148 mL; 1.670 mmol), sulfur (0.054 g; 1.684 mmol), morpholine (0.147 mL; 1.699 mmol) in ethanol (1.4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (15 - 60%) in heptane furnished 0.207 g (45%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 278 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 276 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 7 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.500 g; 3.141 mmol), cyclohexanone (0.326 mL; 3.146 mmol), sulfur (0.101 g; 3.149 mmol), morpholine (0.275 mL; 3.179 mmol) in ethanol (3.5 mL) for 64 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 20%) in heptane furnished 0.776 g (91 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 272 (M+H); 294 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 270 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 8 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-trifluoromethylphenyl) methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-trifluoromethylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.300 g; 1.407 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.125 mL; 1.410 mmol), sulfur (0.064 g; 1.996 mmol), morpholine (0.124 mL; 1.433 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 64 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.296 g (68%) of the title compound as a brown solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 312 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 310 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 9 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-ethylphenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-ethylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.300 g; 1.732 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.154 mL; 1.737 mmol), sulfur (0.079 g; 2.463 mmol), morpholine (0.153 mL; 1.768 mmol) in ethanol (3.6 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.333 g (71 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 272 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 270 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 10 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-5-methylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • To a solution of 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.300 g; 1.885 mmol), sulfur (0.061 g; 1.902 mmol) and triethylamine (0.288 mL; 2.078 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) heated at 40 °C was added a solution of propionaldehyde (0.150 mL, 2.079 mmol) in ethanol (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was then heated at 60 °C for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane to afford the title compound (0.317 g; 73%) as a yellow powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 232 (M+H); 254 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 230 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 11 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Amino-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • To a suspension of 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.326 g; 2.048 mmol) and 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-dithiane (0.185 g; 1.026 mmol) in ethanol (4.3 mL) cooled at 0°C was added triethylamine (0.284 mL; 2.049 mmol). After 10 min at room temperature, the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane to afford the title compound (0.157 g; 33%) as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 232 (M+H); 254 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 230 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 12 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-Aminothiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • To a suspension of 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.325 g; 2.042 mmol) and p-dithiane-2,5-diol (0.155 g; 1.018 mmol) in ethanol (4.3 mL) cooled at 0°C was added triethylamine (0.283 mL; 2.042 mmol). After 10 min at room temperature, the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane to afford the title compound (0.288 g; 65%) as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 218 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 433 (2M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 13 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE N-Boc(2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.477 g; 3 mmol), N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-4-piperidone (0.895 g; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.382 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 20 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 1.1 g (99%) of the title compound as a bright yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 373 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 14 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-furyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 2-furoylacetonitrile (0.676 g, 5 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.66 mL, 7.50 mmol), morpholine (0.65 mL, 7.50 mmol) and sulfur (0.240 g, 7.50 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 36 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.440 g (38%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 234 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 232 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 15 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-thienyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-oxo-3-(2-thienyl)propionitrile (0.756 g, 5 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.66 mL, 7.50 mmol), morpholine (0.65 mL, 7.50 mmol) and sulfur (0.240 g, 7.50 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 36 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.510 g (41 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 250 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 248 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 16 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-anisyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methoxybenzoylacetonitrile (0.876 g, 5 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.66 mL, 7.50 mmol), morpholine (0.65 mL, 7.50 mmol) and sulfur (0.240 g, 7.50 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 36 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.320 g (23%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 274 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 272 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 17 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)tert-butylmethanone
  • A mixture of trimethylacetylacetonitrile (0.626 g, 5 mmol), cyclopentanone (0.66 mL, 7.50 mmol), morpholine (0.65 mL, 7.50 mmol) and sulfur (0.240 g, 7.50 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was heated to 60 °C in a sealed tube for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduce pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 20%) in heptane to afford 0.153 g (14%) of the title compound as a brown solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 224 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 18 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-5H-thieno[2,3-c]pyran-3-yl)-(p-tolyl)-methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.795 g; 5 mmol), 4-tetrahydropyranone (1.08 mL; 7.5 mmol), sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol), morpholine (0.660 mL; 7.5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 20 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 1.24 g (91 %) of the title compound as an orange solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 274 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 19 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-5H-thieno[2,3-c]-N-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.795 g; 5 mmol), N-methyl-4-piperidone (0.872 mL; 7.5 mmol), sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol), morpholine (0.660 mL; 7.5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 20 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (20 - 80%) in heptane furnished 1.08 g (75%) of the title compound as an orange solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 287 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 20 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-5H-thieno[2,3-c]-N-benzyl-pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.795 g; 5 mmol), N-benzyl-4-piperidone (1.39 mL; 7.5 mmol), sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol), morpholine (0.660 mL; 7.5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 20 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (20 - 80%) in heptane furnished 1.48 g (81 %) of the title compound as an orange solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 363 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 21 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H-cyclohepta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.795 g; 5 mmol), cycloheptanone (0.884 mL; 7.5 mmol), sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol), morpholine (0.660 mL; 7.5 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.722 g (50%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 286 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 22 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-chlorophenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 2-chlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.538 g; 3 mmol), cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.81 g (93%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 292 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 23 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3-chlorophenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-chlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.538 g; 3 mmol), cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.78 g (89%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 292 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 24 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3,4-dichlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.642 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.92 g (94%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 327 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 25 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoylacetonitrile (0.639 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.93 g (95%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 326 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 26 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(m-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.477 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.76 g (93%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 272 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 27 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-fluorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.489 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.71 g (86%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 276 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 28 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4-phenylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.477 g; 3 mmol) , acetophenone (0.526 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 60%) in heptane furnished 0.394 g (45%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 294 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 29 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(m-anisyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-methoxybenzoylacetonitrile (0.525 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.767 g (89%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 288 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 286 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 30 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3,4-dimethoxybenzoylacetonitrile (0.615 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 60%) in heptane furnished 0.913 g (96%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 318 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 31 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3 3-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-3-oxopropanenitrile (0.567 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 60%) in heptane furnished 0.796 g (88%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 302 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 300 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 32 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-chlorophenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-chlorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.359 g; 2 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.31 mL; 3 mmol), sulfur (0.096 g; 3 mmol), morpholine (0.264 mL; 3 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.525 g (90%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 292 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 33 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-ethylphenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-ethylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.346 g; 2 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.31 mL; 3 mmol), sulfur (0.096 g; 3 mmol), morpholine (0.264 mL; 3 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.479 g (82%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 286 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 34 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-(pyridyn-3-yl)-3-oxopropanenitrile (0.438 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 100%) in heptane furnished 0.628 g (81 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 259 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 257 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 35 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzoylacetonitrile (0.687 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.818 g (80%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 342 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 340 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 36 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-oxopropanenitrile (0.594 g; 3 mmol), cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.742 g (80%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 311 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 309 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 37 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-fluorophenyl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 2-fluorobenzoylacetonitrile (0.489 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 60%) in heptane furnished 0.756 g (92%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 276 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 274 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 38 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(benzofuran-2-yl)methanone
  • This intermediate was prepared according to the procedure A from 3-(benzofuran-2-yl)-3-oxopropanenitrile (0.555 g; 3 mmol) , cyclohexanone (0.53 mL; 4.5 mmol), sulfur (0.144 g; 4.5 mmol), morpholine (0.4 mL; 4.5 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.489 g (55%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 298 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 296 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 39 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)methanone Step 1:
  • To a solution of 3-hydroxy-4-methylbenzoic acid (4.56 g; 30 mmol) in methanol (60 mL) was added thionyl chloride (40 drops) dropwise. The reaction mixture was then heated to reflux for 18 hours And the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 to 40%) in heptane to furnish 3.04 g of the methyl 2-hydroxy-4-methylbenzoate (61%) as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 167 (M-H).
    • Step 2:
  • To a solution of methyl 2-hydroxy-4-methylbenzoate (3 g; 18.2 mmol) in DMF (36 mL) was added potassium carbonate (5 g; 36.4 mmol) and methyl iodide (3.35 mL; 182 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The insoluble's were filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 to 30%) in heptane to furnish 2.78 g of the methyl 2-methoxy-4-methylbenzoate (85%) as a colorless oil.
    • Step 3:
  • To a solution of acetonitrile (3.24 mL; 61.7 mmol) in dry THF (31 mL) at - 78°C under nitrogen atmosphere was added n-butyllithium 2.5M (15.4 mL; 38.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at -78°C for 30 minutes. Then, a solution of methyl 2-methoxy-4-methylbenzoate (2.78 g; 15.4 mmol) in dry THF (18 mL) was added dropwise and the stirring was continued for 1.5 hour. The reaction mixture was hydrolyzed by adding HCl (1N) and the aqueous layer was extracted several times with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over magnesium sulphatesulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 to 80%) in heptane to furnish 2.5 g of the expected 3-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-3-oxopropanenitrile (86%) as a bright yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 190 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 188 (M-H).
    NMR (1H) : 7.64 (d, J = 7.95 Hz, 1H, H arom .), 7.05 (s, 1H, H arom ), 6.89 (d, J = 7.92 Hz, 1H, H arom .), 4.44 (s, 2H, CH2), 3.89 (s, 3H, OCH3), 2.37 (s, 3H, CH3).
    • Step 4:
  • A mixture of 3-(3-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-3-oxopropanenitrile (0.945 g; 5 mmol), cyclohexanone (0.77 mL; 7.5 mmol), sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol) and morpholine (0.66 mL; 7.5 mmol) in dry ethanol (5 mL) was heated at 60°C in a sealed tube for 18 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduce pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 100%) in heptane furnished 0.489 g (55%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 298 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 296 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 40 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (2-amino-5,7-dihydro-4H-spiro[benzo[b]thiophene-6,2'-[1,3]dioxolane]-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • To a solution of 3-oxo-3-p-tolylpropanenitrile (4.78 g; 30 mmol) in dry ethanol (30 mL) were added 1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-one (7.03 g; 45 mmol), morpholine (4 mL; 45 mmol) and sulfur (1.44 g; 45 mmol). The stirred reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling at room temperature, ethyl acetate (5 mL) was added and the precipitate was filtered, washed with a small volume of ethyl acetate and dried to furnish 8.5 g (86%) of the title compound as a bright yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 330 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 41 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.300 g; 1.166 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.145 mL; 1.170 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.594 mL; 4.680 mmol) in DMF (5.7 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 20%) in heptane furnished 0.260 g (64%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 352 (M+H); 374 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 350 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 42 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-phenyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(phenyl)methanone (0.079 g; 0.325 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.041 mL; 0.331 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.164 mL; 1.292 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 10%) in heptane furnished 0.061 g (56%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 338 (M+H); 360 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 43 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(2,3,6-trimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5-dimethylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.165 g; 0.673 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.083 mL; 0.670 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.340 mL; 2.679 mmol) in DMF (3.3 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.162 g (71 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 340 (M+H); 362 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 338 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 44 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5-methylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.300 g; 1.297 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.161 mL; 1.299 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.660 mL; 5.200 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.268 g (63%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 326 (M+H); 348 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 324 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 45 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(3-ethyl-2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4-ethyl-5-methylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.279 g; 1.076 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.134 mL; 1.081 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.547 mL; 4.310 mmol) in DMF (5.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.245 g (64%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 354 (M+H); 376 (M+Na)
    ESI/APCI(-): 352 (M-H)
    • EXAMPLE 46 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(2-ethyl-3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5-ethyl-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.300 g; 1.157 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.144 mL; 1.162 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.588 mL; 4.633 mmol) in DMF (5.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.273 g (67%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 354 (M+H); 376 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 352 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 47 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.157 g; 0.679 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.085 mL; 0.686 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.346 mL; 2.726 mmol) in DMF (3.2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.129 g (58%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 326 (M+H); 348 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 324 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 48 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b] pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-chlorophenyl)methanone (0.200 g; 0.720 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.090 mL; 0.726 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.367 mL; 2.892 mmol) in DMF (3.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.150 g (56%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 372 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 49 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(6-methyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-aminothiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.288 g; 1.325 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.165 mL; 1.331 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.677 mL; 5.334 mmol) in DMF (6.2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.078 g (19%) of the title compound as a brown solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 312 (M+H); 334 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 50 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.400 g; 1.474 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.185 mL; 1.493 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.752 mL; 5.925 mmol) in DMF (7 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.403 g (75%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 366 (M+H); 388 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 364 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 51 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)methanone (0.296 g; 0.951 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.120 mL; 0.968 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.486 mL; 3.829 mmol) in DMF (4.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.218 g (57%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 406 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 404 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 52 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-ethylphenyl)methanone (0.333 g; 1.227 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.155 mL; 1.251 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.627 mL; 4.940 mmol) in DMF (5.8 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 25%) in heptane furnished 0.291 g (65%) of the title compound as an orange oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 366 (M+H); 388 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 364 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 53 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolylbenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • A suspension of methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno [2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.225 mg; 0.616 mmol) and 2,3-Dichloro-5,6-Dicyanobenzoquinone (0.351 mg; 1.546 mmol) in 1,2-dichlorobenzene (2 mL) was placed in a sealed tube and was irradiated in a microwave oven at 190 °C for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was then evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in dichloromethane and the solid was filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10-30%) in heptane to afford 0.125 g (56%) of the title compound as a pink solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 362 (M+H); 384 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 360 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 54 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-phenyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)-p-tolylmethanone (0.257 g; 1 mmol), methyl-3-benzoylpropionate (0.211 g; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.526 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-50%) in heptane furnished 0.198 g (48%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 414 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 55 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl(2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.744 g; 2 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.282 mL; 2.2 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1.02 mL; 8 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10-100%) in dichloromethane (+0.5% triethylamine) furnished 0.101 g (13%) of the title compound as an orange oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 367 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 56 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-furyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(furan-2-yl)methanone (0.440 g, 1.886 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.26 mL, 1.886 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.964 mL, 7.54 mmol) in DMF (3.7 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.385 g (62%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 328 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 57 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-thienyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(thiophen-2-yl)methanone (0.510 g, 2.045 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.291 mL, 2.045 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1.046 mL, 8.18 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.253 g (36%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 344 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 58 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-anisyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-methoxyphenyl)methanone (0.320 g, 1.171 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.166 mL, 1.171 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.599 mL, 4.68 mmol) in DMF (2.3 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.230 g (53%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 368 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 59 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(tert-butyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)tert-butylmethanone (0.180 g, 0.806 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.114 ml, 0.806 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.412 µl, 3.22 mmol) in DMF (1.6 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.067 g (26%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 318 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 60 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,8-dihydro-6H-7-oxa-9-thia-1-aza-fluoren-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-5H-thieno[2,3-c]pyran-3-yl)-(p-tolyl)-methanone (0.546 g; 2 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.282 mL; 2.2 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1 mL; 8 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 22 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.270 g (36%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 368 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 61 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [7-methyl-2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-5H-thieno[2,3-c]-N-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.572 g; 2 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.282 mL; 2.2 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1 mL; 8 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of methanol (1 - 20%) in dichloromethane furnished 0.187 g (24%) of the title compound as a dark yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 381 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 62 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [7-benzyl-2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,7-dihydro-5H-thieno[2,3-c]-N-benzyl-pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.724 g; 2 mmol), methyl levunilate (0.282 mL; 2.2 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1 mL; 8 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 22 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 90%) in heptane furnished 0.160 g (17%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 457 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 63 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5H-cyclohepta[4,5]thieno [2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4H-cyclohepta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.713 g; 2.5 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.350 mL; 2.75 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1.27 mL; 10 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.510 g (52%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 390 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 64 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-chlorophenyl)methanone (0.291 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.302 g (78%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 386 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 65 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3-chlorophenyl)methanone (0.291 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.296 g (76%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 386 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 66 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanone (0.228 g; 0.7 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.099 mL; 0.77 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.357 mL; 2.8 mmol) in DMF (2.8 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.194 g (66%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 421 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 67 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)methanone (0.325 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.262 g (62%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 420 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 68 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(m-tolyl)methanone (0.271 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.320 g (87%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 366 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 69 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-fluorophenyl)methanone (0.275 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.302 g (82%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 370 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 70 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(6-methyl-3-phenyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4-phenylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.264 g; 0.9 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.127 mL; 0.99 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.460 mL; 3.6 mmol) in DMF (3.6 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.297 g (85%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 388 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 71 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(m-anisyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(m-anisyl)methanone (0.287 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.327 g (85%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 382 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 72 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanone (0.317 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.330 g (80%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 412 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 73 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)methanone (0.301 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.328 g (83%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 74 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-chlorophenyl)methanone (0.525 g; 1.8 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.254 mL; 1.98 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.922 mL; 7.2 mmol) in DMF (7.2 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.509 g (73%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 386 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 75 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-ethylphenyl)methanone (0.471 g; 1.65 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.233 mL; 1.81 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.845 mL; 6.6 mmol) in DMF (6.6 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.463 g (74%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 380 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 76 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (0.362 g; 1.4 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.198 mL; 1.54 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.717 mL; 5.6 mmol) in DMF (5.6 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.193 g (39%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 353 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 77 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)methanone (0.341 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.340 g (78%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 436 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 78 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)methanone (0.310 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 70%) in heptane furnished 0.233 g (57%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 405 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 79 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-fluorophenyl)methanone (0.275 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.320 g (86%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 370 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 80 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(benzofuran-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(benzofuran-2-yl)methanone (0.297 g; 1 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.141 mL; 1.1 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.335 g (85%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 392 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 81 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)methanone (0.602 g; 2 mmol), methyl levulinate (0.282 mL; 2.2 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1.02 mL; 8 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 48 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.631 g (80%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 394 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 82 - PREPARATION OF Ethyl 4-oxo-2-propylpentanoate Step 1:
  • In a flask equipped by a Dean-Stark trap, a mixture of ethyl levulinate (28.83 g; 200 mmol), ethylene glycol (37.24 g; 600 mmol) and a catalytic amount of pyridinium para-toluenesulfonic acid in toluene (200 mL) was heated at reflux until the theoretical amount of water was distilled off. After cooling, the mixture was washed with a saturated solution of sodium hydrogenocarbonate. The basic layer was extracted with diethylether and the organics were combined, then washed with brine and water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphatesulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the ethyl 3-(2-methyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)propanoate as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 189 (M+H).
    1H NMR (CDCl3) : δ 4.12 (q, J = 7.14 and 14.25 Hz, 2H, CO2CH 2CH3); 3.93 (m, 4H, OCH2CH2O); 2.37 (m, 2H, CH2); 2.02 (m, 2H, CH2); 1.32 (s, 3H, CH3); 1.25 (t, J = 7.14 Hz, 3H, CO2CH2CH 3).
    • Step 2:
  • To a cooled (-78°C) solution of lithium diisopropylamine (30 mL; 60 mmol; 2N in THF) in THF (8 mL) was added hexamethylphosphoramide (12 mL) and the solution was stirred for 30 min. A solution of ethyl 3-(2-methyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)propanoate (9.4 g; 50 mmol), in THF (9 mL), was added over 30 min and stirring was continued for 1 h. Propyl iodide (6.84 mL; 70 mmol) was slowly added and the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature for 4 h. the reaction was quenched by adding a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride. The two phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried with sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (0 - 40%) in heptane to furnish 9.8 g (85%) of ethyl 2-((2-methyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)methyl)pentanoate as an oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 231 (M+H).
    • Step 3 :
  • To a solution of ethyl 2-((2-methyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)methyl)pentanoate (9.8 g; 42.55 mmol) in hexane (106 mL) at -78°C under nitrogen atmosphere was added borontribromide (55 mL; 55 mmol; 1M in dichloromethane) and the reaction mixture was stirred at -20°C for 2 h. Water (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL) were added to the reaction mixture and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 - 40%) in heptane furnished 6.41 g (81%) of ethyl 4-oxo-2-propylpentanoate as a light yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 187 (M+H).
    1H NMR (CDCl3) : δ 4.15 (q, J = 7.14 and 14.25 Hz, 2H, CO2CH 2CH3); 2.88 (m, 2H, CH2); 2.51 (m, 1H, CH); 2.16 (s, 3H, CH3); 1.62-1.23 (m, 7H, CH2CH2CH3); 0.90 (t, J = 7.14 Hz, 3H, CO2CH2CH3.
    • EXAMPLE 83- PREPARATION OF Ethyl 2-[7-benzyl-2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate
  • To a solution of (2-amino-6-benzyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.286 g; 1 mmol) and ethyl 4-oxo-2-propylpentanoate (0.204 g; 1.1 mmol) in dry DMF (4 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere was added chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred in a sealed tube and heated at 100°C for 24 h. An extra volume of chlorotrimethylsilane was added (0.100 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 48 h. After cooling, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of methanol (1 - 20%) in dichloromethane furnished the title compound as a dark oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 513 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 84 - PREPARATION OF Ethyl 2-[2,7-dimethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate
  • To a solution of (2-amino-6-methyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.286 g; 1 mmol) and ethyl 4-oxo-2-propylpentanoate (0.204 g; 1.1 mmol) in dry DMF (8 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere was added chlorotrimethylsilane (0.511 mL; 4 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred in a sealed tube and heated at 100°C for 24 h. An extra volume of chlorotrimethylsilane was added (0.100 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 48 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of methanol (1 - 20%) in dichloromethane to furnish the title compound as a dark oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 437 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 85 - PREPARATION OF Ethyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-spiro[[1,3]dioxolane-2,7]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1-aza-7-oxo-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate
  • To a solution of (2-amino-5,7-dihydro-4H-spiro[benzo[b]thiophene-6,2'-[1,3]dioxolane]-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (1.98 g; 6 mmol) and ethyl 4-oxo-2-propylpentanoate (1.23 g; 6.6 mmol) in dry DMF (24 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere was added chlorotrimethylsilane (3.06 mL; 24 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred in a sealed tube and heated at 100°C for 24 h. An extra volume of chlorotrimethylsilane was added (0.500 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 48 h. After cooling, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 100%) in dichloromethane to furnish 1.86 g (64 %) of the title compound as an orange oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 437 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 86 - PREPARATION OF Ethyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure B from (2-amino-4-methylthiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.814 g; 3 mmol), ethyl levunilate (0.469 mL; 3.3 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (1.53 mL; 12 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) for 24 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 - 30%) in heptane furnished 1.02 g (89 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 380 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 87 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3yl]acetate (0.189 g; 0.538 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.594 mL; 0.594 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.080 mL; 0.823 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 4 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-15%) in heptane furnished 0.124 g (59%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 394 (M+H); 416 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 88 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-phenyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-phenyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.115 g; 0.341 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.375 mL; 0.375 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.050 mL; 0.513 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) for 3 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-15%) in heptane furnished 0.111 g (86%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 380 (M+H); 402 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 89 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(2,3,6-trimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl 2-(2,3,6-trimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.113 g; 0.333 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.367 mL; 0.367 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.049 mL; 0.502 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) for 3 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-10%) in heptane furnished 0.074 g (58%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 382 (M+H); 404 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 380 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 90 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(3-ethyl-2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl 2-(3-ethyl-2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.200 g; 0.566 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.635 mL; 0.635 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.090 mL; 0.923 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 3.5 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-15%) in heptane furnished 0.131 g (59%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H); 418 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 91 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl 2-(2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.188 g; 0.578 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.650 mL; 0.650 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.092 mL; 0.943 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 4 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.139 g (65%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 368 (M+H); 390 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 92 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(2-ethyl-3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl 2-(2-ethyl-3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.196 g; 0.554 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.635 mL; 0.635 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.090 mL; 0.923 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) for 3.5 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.119 g (54%) of the title compound as a colorless oil. ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H); 418 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 93 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl 2-(3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.080 g; 0.246 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.280 mL; 0.280 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.040 mL; 0.410 mmol) in DMF (3.5 mL) for 3.5 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.087 g (96%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 368 (M+H); 390 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 94 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b] pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.100 g; 0.269 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.305 mL; 0.305 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.044 mL; 0.451 mmol) in DMF (3.8 mL) for 4 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.049 g (44%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 414 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 95 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-(6-methyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl 2-(6-methyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.078 g; 0.250 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.276 mL; 0.276 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.041 mL; 0.420 mmol) in DMF (3.6 mL) for 4 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.052 g (59%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 354 (M+H); 376 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 96 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.120 g; 0.328 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.362 mL; 0.362 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.054 mL; 0.554 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) for 3.5 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.101 g (75%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 408 (M+H); 430 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 406 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 97 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] acetate (0.114 g; 0.281 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.312 mL; 0.312 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.046 mL; 0.472 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 3.5 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.088 g (70%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 448 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 446 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 98 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.120 g; 0.328 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.365 mL; 0.365 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.052 mL; 0.533 mmol) in DMF (4.7 mL) for 4 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 15%) in heptane furnished 0.081 g (61%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 408 (M+H); 430 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 406 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 99 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolylbenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolylbenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.150 g; 0.415 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.462 mL; 0.462 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.066 mL; 0.677 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) for 3 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.126 g (75%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 404 (M+H); 426 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 402 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 100 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-O-methoxymethylether-butanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3yl]acetate (0.386 g; 1.1 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.21 mL; 1.21 mmol), 1-bromo-2-(methoxymethoxy)ethane (0.193 mL; 1.65 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3-30%) in heptane furnished 0.361 g (75%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 440 (M+H); 462 (M+Na).
    • EXAMPLE 101 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-O-methoxy-butanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3yl]acetate (0.386 g; 1.1 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.21 mL; 1.21 mmol), 1-bromo-2-(methoxymethoxy)ethane (0.155 mL; 1.65 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3-30%) in heptane furnished 0.077 g (39%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 410 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 102 - PREPARATION OF methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acrylate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3yl]acetate (0.386 g; 1.1 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.21 mL; 1.21 mmol), para-formaldehyde (0.050 g; 1.65 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 4 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3-100%) in heptane furnished 0.154 g (36%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 364 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 103 - PREPARATION OF methyl 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-cyclopentylacetate
  • This compound was prepared according the following procedure :
    • To a solution of methyl [2-Methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate in dry DMF (4 mL) at -10°C was added sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil) (0.048 g; 1.2 mmol) and bromocyclopentane (0.120 mL; 1.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred for 18 h. The reaction mixture was then heated to 70°C for 24 h. A saturated solution of ammonium chloride (10 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphatesulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash-chromatography on silica gel column using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 to 30%) in heptane to furnish 0.077 g (18%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 420 (M+H). EXAMPLE 104 - PREPARATION OF methyl 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methoxypropanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3yl]acetate (0.351 g; 1 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.1 mL; 1.1 mmol), 1 bromomethylmethylether (0.122 mL; 1.5 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3-30%) in heptane furnished 0.307 g (77%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 105 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-phenyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from Methyl [2-phenyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.185 g; 0.45 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.495 mL; 0.495 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.066 mL; 0.675 mmol) in DMF (1.3 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.194 g (95%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    • EXAMPLE 106 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-furyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from Methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-furyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.395 g; 1.206 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.327 mL; 1.327 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.177 mL; 1.810 mmol) in DMF (4.8 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.335 g (75%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 370 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 107 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-thienyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from Methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-thienyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.261 g; 0.760 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.836 mL; 0.836 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.111 mL; 1.140 mmol) in DMF (3.0 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.249 g (85%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 386 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 108 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-anisyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from Methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-anisyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.245 g; 0.667 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.733 mL; 0.733 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.098 mL; 1.000 mmol) in DMF (2.6 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.100 g (37%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 410 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 109 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(tert-butyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from Methyl [2-methyl-4-(tert-butyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.067 g; 0.211 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.232 mL; 0.232 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.031 mL; 0.317 mmol) in DMF (0.85 mL) for 3 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 20%) in heptane furnished 0.035 g (46%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 360 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 110 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,8-dihydro-6H-7-oxa-9-thia-1-aza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,8-dihydro-6H-7-oxa-9-thia-1-aza-fluoren-3-yl]acetate (0.270 g; 0.73 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.8 mL; 0.8 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.122 mL; 1.09 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) for 19 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.089 g (30%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 410 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 111 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-benzyloxypropanoate
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.175 g; 0.5 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL) at -10°C was added LHMDS 1N in THF (0.55 mL; 0.55 mmol), chloromethylbenzylether (0.138 mL; 1 mmol) and potassium iodide (0.166 g; 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred for 19 h. A saturated solution of ammonium chloride (4 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphatesulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 to 40%) in heptane to furnish 0.057 g (24%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 472 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 112 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-phenylpropanoate
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.175 g; 0.5 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL) at -10°C was added LHMDS 1N in THF (0.55 mL; 0.55 mmol), benzylbromide (0.122 mL; 1 mmol) and potassium iodide (0.166 g; 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred for 19 h. A saturated solution of ammonium chloride (4 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphatesulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 to 40%) in heptane to furnish 0.159 g (72%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 442 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 113 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5H-cyclohepta[4,5]thieno [2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5H-cyclohepta[4,5]thieno [2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.510 g; 1.3 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.44 mL; 1.44 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.215 mL; 1.95 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 5 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.434 g (79%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 422 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 114 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-y)]-4-methylpentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.55 mL; 0.55 mmol), 1-iodo-2-methylpropane (0.115 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.140 g (66%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 422 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 115 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.300 g; 0.78 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.86 mL; 0.86 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.114 mL; 1.17 mmol) in DMF (3.1 mL) for 4 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.244 g (74%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 428 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 116 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.290 g; 0.76 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.84 mL; 0.84 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.111 mL; 1.14 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.281 g (88%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 428 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 117 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.190 g; 0.46 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.5 mL; 0.5 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.067 mL; 0.69 mmol) in DMF (1.8 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.172 g (82%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 463 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 118 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.260 g; 0.62 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.7 mL; 0.7 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.127 mL; 1.3 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.233 g (83%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 462 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 119 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.310 g; 0.87 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.96 mL; 0.96 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.13 mL; 1.5 mmol) in DMF (3.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.257 g (73%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 408 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 120 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.300 g; 0.82 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.9 mL; 0.9 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.12 mL; 1.23 mmol) in DMF (3.3 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.290 g (85%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 412 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 121 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-(6-methyl-3-phenyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl 2-(6-methyl-3-phenyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.297 g; 0.76 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.14 mL; 1.14 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.148 mL; 1.52 mmol) in DMF (3.8 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.270 g (83%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 430 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 122 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(m-anisyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(m-anisyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.327 g; 0.85 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.27 mL; 1.27 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.166 mL; 1.7 mmol) in DMF (4.2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.213 g (59%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 424 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 123 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.330 g; 0.8 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.2 mL; 1.2 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.156 mL; 1.6 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.226 g (62%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 454 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 124 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.328 g; 0.83 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.24 mL; 1.24 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.162 mL; 1.66 mmol) in DMF (4.1 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.300 g (83%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 438 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 125 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-6,6,6-trifluorohexanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.55 mL; 0.55 mmol), 3-iodo-1,1,1-trifluorobutane (0.127 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.172 g (72%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 476 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 126 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-6]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.254 g; 0.66 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.727 mL; 0.727 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.097 mL; 0.99 mmol) in DMF (2.6 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.196 g (69%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 428 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 127 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-6]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.231 g; 0.61 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.67 mL; 0.67 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.089 mL; 0.913 mmol) in DMF (2.4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.197 g (77%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 422 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 128 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.096 g; 0.27 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.3 mL; 0.3 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.039 mL; 0.4 mmol) in DMF (1.1 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.197 g (77%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 395 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 129 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.340 g; 0.78 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.17 mL; 1.17 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.152 mL; 1.56 mmol) in DMF (3.9 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.271 g (73%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 478 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 130 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-methyl-1-propyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.233 g; 0.57 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.85 mL; 0.85 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.111 mL; 1.14 mmol) in DMF (2.8 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 50%) in heptane furnished 0.129 g (50%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 488 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 131 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.320 g; 0.86 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.29 mL; 1.29 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.168 mL; 1.72 mmol) in DMF (4.3 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.266 g (75%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 412 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 132 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzofuran-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(benzofuran-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.335 g; 0.85 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.27 mL; 1.27 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.166 mL; 1.7 mmol) in DMF (4.2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.302 g (82%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 434 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 133 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-y)]-4-phenylbutanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.75 mL; 0.75 mmol), (2-bromoethyl)benzene (0.136 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.128 g (55%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 470 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 134 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methylbutanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.75 mL; 0.75 mmol), 2-iodopropane (0.100 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.109 g (54%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 408 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 135 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methylpentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.75 mL; 0.75 mmol), 2-iodobutane (0.115 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.108 g (51%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 421 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 136 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-5,5,5-trifluoropentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.75 mL; 0.75 mmol), 1,1,1-trifluoro-3-iodopropane (0.117 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.061 g (25%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 462 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 137 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-pent-4-yn-oate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.75 mL; 0.75 mmol), propargyl bromide (0.111 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (3 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.061 g (25%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 404 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 138 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-42-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.395 g; 1 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (1.1 mL; 1.1 mmol), 1-iodopropane (0.146 mL; 1.5 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 100%) in heptane furnished 0.390 g (89%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 438 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 139 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4,4-dimethylpentanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.183 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.55 mL; 0.55 mmol), 1-iodo-2,2-dimethylpropane (0.100 mL; 0.75 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.043 g (20%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 436 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 140 - PREPARATION OF Ethyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-cyclopropylpropanoate
  • This compound was prepared according to the procedure C from ethyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.190 g; 0.5 mmol), LHMDS 1N in THF (0.55 mL; 0.55 mmol), bromomethylcyclopropane (0.096 mL; 1 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) for 18 h. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 - 30%) in heptane furnished 0.036 g (16%) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 434 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 141 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.100 g; 0.254 mmol) in a mixture of dioxane (5 mL) and water (1.3 mL) was added a 1N lithium hydroxide solution (2.55 mL; 2.55 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 8 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.039 g (40%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 380 (M+H); 402 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 378 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.47 (1H, s); 7.30 (2H, d); 7.12 (2H, d); 3.67 (1H, m); 2.89 (2H, m); 2.51 (3H, s); 2.40 (3H, s); 2.13 (2H, m); 1.99 (2H, m); 1.77 (1H, m); 1.54 (1H, m); 0.8-1.1 (2H, m); 0.66 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 142 - PREPARATION OF [2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3yl]acetate (0.071 g; 0.202 mmol) in dioxane (4 mL) and water (1 mL) was added a 1N lithium oxide solution (1 mL; 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.043 g (63%) of the title compound as a beige powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 338 (M+H); 360 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 336 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.43 (1H, brs); 7.29 (2H, d); 7.09 (2H, d); 3.46 (2H, s); 2.90 (2H, m); 2.54 (3H, s); 2.40 (3H, s); 2.11 (2H, m); 1.95 (2H, m).
    • EXAMPLE 143 - PREPARATION OF [2-Methyl-4-phenyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-phenyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3yl]acetate (0.061 g; 0.181 mmol) in dioxane (4 mL) and water (1 mL) was added a 1N lithium oxide solution (1 mL; 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 65°C for 2.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphatesulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.031 g (54%) of the title compound as a beige powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 324 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 322 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.44 (1H, brs); 7.49 (3H, m); 7.21 (2H, m); 3.47 (2H, s); 2.90 (2H, m); 2.55 (3H, s); 2.15 (2H, m); 1.91 (2H, m).
    • EXAMPLE 144 - PREPARATION OF 2-(2,3,6-Trimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(2,3,6-trimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.049 g; 0.144 mmol) in dioxane (3.5 mL) and water (0.9 mL) was added a 1N lithium oxide solution (0.9 mL; 0.90 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.017 g (37%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 326 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 324 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.33 (1H, brs); 7.29 (2H, d); 7.06 (2H, d); 3.37 (2H, s); 2.51 (3H, s); 2.40 (3H, s); 2.36 (3H, s); 1.43 (3H, s).
    • EXAMPLE 145 - PREPARATION OF (3-Ethyl-2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(3-ethyl-2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.045 g; 0.127 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) and water (0.8 mL) was added a 1N lithium oxide solution (0.8 mL; 0.80 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.028 g (65%) of the title compound as a beige solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 340 (M+H); 362 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 338 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 146 - PREPARATION OF (2-Ethyl-3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(2-ethyl-3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.077 g; 0.218 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) and water (1.4 mL) was added a 1N lithium oxide solution (1.4 mL; 1.40 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 65°C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.043 g (58%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 340 (M+H); 362 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 338 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 147 - PREPARATION OF (2,6-Dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)acetate (0.080 g; 0.246 mmol) in dioxane (4 mL) and water (1.5 mL) was added a 1N lithium oxide solution (1.5 mL; 1.50 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.037 g (48%) of the title compound as a beige solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 312 (M+H); 334 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 310 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 148 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-phenyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-phenyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.111 g; 0.292 mmol) in dioxane (4 mL) and water (1 mL) was added a 1N lithium oxide solution (1.8 mL; 1.80 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60°C for 3 h and 1N lithium oxide solution (0.9 mL; 0.90 mmol) was added again. After 2.5 h at 60°C, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.051 g (48%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 366 (M+H); 388 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 364 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.49 (1H, brs); 7.49 (3H, m); 7.26 (2H, m); 3.65 (1H, m); 2.89 (2H, m); 2.53 (3H, s); 2.13 (2H, m); 1.98 (2H, m); 1.75 (1H, m); 1.53 (1H, m); 0.8-1.1 (2H, m); 0.64 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 149 - PREPARATION OF 2-(2,3,6-Trimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(2,3,6-trimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate (0.074 g; 0.194 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) and ethanol (2 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (2 mL; 2.50 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2 h. 5% sodium hydroxide solution (2 mL; 2.500 mmol) was added again and reflux was maintained for 2 h. 5% Sodium hydroxide solution (1 mL; 1.250 mmol) was added. After 3 h at reflux, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.037 g (52%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 368 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 366 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.42 (1H, s); 7.31 (2H, d); 7.12 (2H, d); 3.55 (1H, m); 2.50 (3H, s); 2.41 (3H, s); 2.35 (3H, s); 1.99 (1H, m); 1.50 (1H, m); 1.39 (3H, s); 1.08 (1H, m); 0.89 (1H, m); 0.67 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 150 - PREPARATION OF 2-(3-Ethyl-2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(3-ethyl-2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate (0.130 g; 0.329 mmol) in methanol (7 mL) and ethanol (3.5 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (9 mL; 11.25 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.068 g (54%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 382 (M+H); 404 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 380 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.42 (1H, brs); 7.31 (2H, m); 7.16 (2H, m); 3.49 (1H, m); 2.50 (3H, s); 2.41 (3H, s); 2.38 (3H, s); 2.00 (1H, m); 1.86 (2H, q); 1.48 (1H, m); 1.10 (1H, m); 0.90 (1H, m); 0.58-0.69 (6H, m).
    • EXAMPLE 151 - PREPARATION OF 2-(2,6-Dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(2,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate (0.135 g; 0.367 mmol) in methanol (8 mL) and ethanol (4 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (10.5 mL; 13.125 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 4.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.107 g (82%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 354 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 352 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.56 (1H, brs); 7.35 (2H, m); 7.19 (2H, m); 6.42 (1H, s); 3.75 (1H, m); 2.50 (3H, s); 2.47 (3H, s); 2.40 (3H, s); 1.98 (1H, m); 1.53 (1H, m); 0.92 (2H, m); 0.62 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 152 - PREPARATION OF 2-(2-Ethyl-3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(2-ethyl-3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate (0.119 g; 0.301 mmol) in methanol (6.4 mL) and ethanol (3.2 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (8.2 mL; 10.25 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 5.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.059 g (51%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 382 (M+H); 404 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 380 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.42 (1H, brs); 7.31 (2H, m); 7.14 (2H, m); 3.55 (1H, m); 2.78 (2H, q); 2.50 (3H, s); 2.40 (3H, s); 2.00 (1H, m); 1.49 (1H, m); 1.41 (3H, s); 1.17 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz); 1.08 (1H, m); 0.91 (1H, m); 0.67 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 153 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno [2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.049 g; 0.118 mmol) in methanol (2.5 mL) and ethanol (2.6 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (3.3 mL; 4.125 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 4.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.029 g (61%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 400 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 398 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.55 (1H, brs); 7.57 (2H, m); 7.27 (2H, t); 3.34 (1H, m); 2.90 (2H, m); 2.51 (3H, s); 2.16 (2H, m); 1.99 (2H, m); 1.81 (1H, m); 1.52 (1H, m); 0.8-1.1 (2H, m); 0.64 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 154 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.100 g; 0.245 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) and ethanol (2.5 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (6.6 mL; 8.250 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.054 g (56%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 394 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 392 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.43 (1H, brs); 7.28 (2H, m); 7.13 (2H, m); 3.54 (1H, m); 2.76 (2H, m); 2.50 (3H, s); 2.40 (3H, s); 1.99 (1H, m); 1.68 (4H, m); 1.47 (3H, m); 1.06 (1H, m); 0.90 (1H, m); 0.66 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 155 - PREPARATION OF (2S)-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid and EXAMPLE 156 - PREPARATION OF (2R)-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid Step 1:
  • To a mixture of [2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid (0.700 g; 1.78 mmol), dimethlylaminopyridine (0.112 g; 0.917 mmol), dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (0.406 g; 1.968 mmol) and 10-camphorsulfonic acid (0.042 g; 0.181 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added L-menthol (0.698 g; 4.467 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 90 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate washed with a saturated solution of aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate, water and brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 80 %) in heptane, followed by a second purification on silica gel using a gradient of dichloromethane (20 - 100 %) in heptane furnished two pure fractions A (0.115 g, 12 %), B (0.140 g, 15 %) and a mixture of A and B (0.407 g, 43 %).
    • Step 2A:
  • To a solution of the fraction A (0.054 g; 0.102 mmol) in acetic acid (0.880 mL) in a sealed tube was added sulfuric acid (0.054 mL; 1.01 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 130°C for 3h15. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into ice. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica using a gradient of methanol (0 - 20 %) in dichloromethane led to a brown oil which was further purified by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) to provide 0.024g (60 %) of (2S)-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid as a white solid (ee: 96%). The enantiomeric excess (ee) was determined using the HPLC method 4.
    ESI/APCI (+): 394 (M+H).
    • Step 2B:
  • To a solution of the fraction B (0.050 g; 0.094 mmol) in acetic acid (1 mL) in a sealed tube was added sulfuric acid (0.050 mL; 0.938 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 130°C for 3h15. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into ice. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica using a gradient of methanol (0 - 20 %) in dichloromethane led to a brown oil which slowly solidified. The product was dissolved in a minimal amount of acetonitrile and water was added to precipitate the product. The solution was kept at 4°C for 3 days. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to furnish 0.037 g (100 %) of (2R)-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid as a white solid. (ee: 92%). The enantiomeric excess (ee) was determined using the HPLC method 4.
    ESI/APCI (+): 394 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 157 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b] pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclo penta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.087 g; 0.194 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) and ethanol (2 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (5.2 mL; 6.500 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.039 g (46%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 434 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 432 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.61 (1H, brs); 7.89 (2H, m); 7.48 (2H, m); 3.55 (1H, m); 2.90 (2H, m); 2.55 (3H, s); 2.14 (2H, m); 1.96 (2H, m); 1.71 (1H, m); 1.54 (1H, m); 0.8-1.1 (2H, m); 0.65 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 158 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno [2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.081 g; 0.199 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) and ethanol (2 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (5.3 mL; 6.625 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 4.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.038 g (50%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 394 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 392 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.50 (1H, brs); 7.33 (2H, m); 7.15 (2H, m); 3.67 (1H, m); 2.88 (2H, m); 2.74 (4H, q); 2.51 (3H, s); 2.12 (2H, m); 1.99 (2H, m); 1.75 (1H, m); 1.54 (1H, m); 1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz); 0.8-1.1 (2H, m); 0.64 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 159 - PREPARATION OF 2-(3,6-Dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(3,6-dimethyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate (0.087 g; 0.237 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) and ethanol (2.6 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (6.8 mL; 8.500 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.052 g (62%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 354 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 352 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.48 (1H, brs); 7.31 (3H, m); 7.15 (2H, t); 3.59 (1H, m); 2.51 (3H, s); 2.40 (3H, s); 2.02 (1H, m); 1.53 (4H, s); 1.07 (1H, m); 0.92 (1H, m); 0.68 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 160 - PREPARATION OF 2-(6-Methyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(6-methyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate (0.051 g; 0.144 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) and ethanol (1.5 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (3.9 mL; 4.875 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.027 g (55%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 340 (M+H); 362 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 338 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.60 (1H, brs); 7.66 (1H, d, J = 5.8 Hz); 7.37 (2H, m); 7.22 (2H, m); 6.71 (1H, d, J = 5.8 Hz); 3.79 (1H, m); 2.50 (3H, s); 2.41 (3H, s); 1.99 (1H, m); 1.54 (1H, m); 0.94 (2H, m); 0.62 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz).
    • EXAMPLE 161 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolylbenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-p-tolylbenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.122 g; 0.302 mmol) in methanol (6.2 mL) and ethanol (3.1 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (8 mL; 10.00 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.031 g (26%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 390 (M+H); 412 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 388 (M-H).
    1H NMR (DMSO-d 6) δ 12.60 (1H, brs); 8.00 (1H, m); 7.48 (3H, m); 7.21 (3H, m); 6.41 (1H, m); 3.66 (1H, m); 2.59 (3H, s); 2.50 (3H, s); 2.04 (1H, m); 1.56 (1H, m); 1.54 (1H, m); 1.11 (1H, m); 0.95 (1H, m); 0.69 (3H, m).
    • EXAMPLE 162 - PREPARATION OF 3-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-O-methoxymethylether-butanoate (0.361 g; 0.82 mmol) in methanol (8.2 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.82 ml) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of methanol (1 to 20%) in dichloromethane (+ 0.5% AcOH) to afford 0.031 g (10%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 380 (M+H); 402 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 378 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 163 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-O-methoxy-butanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-O-methoxy-butanoate (0.177 g; 0.43 mmol) in methanol (4.3 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.43 ml) and the mixture was heated to 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of methanol (1 to 20%) in dichloromethane (+ 0.5% AcOH) to afford 0.032 g (19%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 394 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 164 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-cyclopentylacetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-cyclopentylacetate (0.077 g; 0.18 mmol) in methanol (1.8 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.18 ml) and the mixture was heated to 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.029 g (40%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 406 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 165 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acrylicacid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methoxypropanoate (0.307 g; 0.88 mmol) in methanol (8.8 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.88 ml) and the mixture was heated to 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.175 g (68%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 350 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 348 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 166 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methoxypropanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methoxypropanoate (0.124 g; 0.31 mmol) in methanol (3.1 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.31 ml) and the mixture was heated to 50°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was carefully acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.038 g (32%) of the title compound as a beige powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 382 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 380 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 167 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-phenyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-phenyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.194 g; 0.42 mmol) in methanol (4.2 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.42 ml) and the mixture was heated to 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude solid was suspended in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography silica using a mixture ethyl acetate/heptane (1/1) + 0.5% acetic acid as eluent to afford 0.072 g (39%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 442 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 168 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-6-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid and EXAMPLE 169 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-7-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid
  • A mixture of 4-methylbenzoylacetonitrile (0.114 g; 0.716 mmol), 3-methylcyclopentanone (0.077 mL; 0.717 mmol), sulfur (0.025 g; 1.10 mmol) and morpholine (0.063 mL; 0.723 mmol) in ethanol (0.57 mL) was heated at 60°C in a sealed tube until disappearance of the default compound. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduce pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (0 - 25%) in heptane to afford 0.148 g (76%) of a mixture of (2-Amino-5-methyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-p-tolyl)methanone and (2-Amino-6-methyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophen-3-yl)(4-p-tolyl)methanone as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 272 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 270 (M-H).
  • To a solution of the previous mixture (0.148 g; 0.545 mmol) and methyl levunilate (0.070 mL; 0.565 mmol) in DMF (2.7 mL) placed in a safety pressure tube was slowly added chlorotrimethylsilane (0.280 mL; 2.19 mmol). The tube was sealed and heated at 100°C for 18 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with a saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate, water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (0 - 40%) in heptane to afford 0.1 g of a mixture of methyl thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] acetate (50%).
    ESI/APCI(+): 366 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 364 (M-H).
  • To a solution of the previous mixture (0.100 g; 0.274 mmol) in dry DMF (1 mL) cooled at -10°C was slowly added a 1N solution of LHMDS in THF (0.035 mL; 0.035 mmol). Then, 1-iodopropane (0.045 mL; 0.462 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of a saturated solution of ammonium chloride and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was used without further purification.
    ESI/APCI(+): 408 (M+H); 430 (M+Na).
    ESI/APCI(-): 406 (M-H).
  • To a solution of the above crude mixture (0.105 g; 0.258 mmol) in a mixture methanol-water (5 mL/ 0.25 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.25 ml) and the mixture was heated at 65°C for 12 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was carefully acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford 0.015 g (15%) of 2-[2-methyl-6-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid (EXAMPLE 27) and 0.020 g (20%) of 2-[2-methyl-7-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 394 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 392 (M-H).
    • 2-[2-methyl-6-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.22 (3H, m); 7.06 (1H, m); 3.88 (1H, t); 3.08 (1H, m); 2.74-2.63 (1H, m); 2.63 (3H, s); 2.56-2.40 (1H, m); 2.44 (3H, s); 2.21-1.96 (2H, m); 1.78-1.47 (2H, m); 1.37-1.18 (1H, m); 1.14-0.94 (4H, m); 0.76 (3H, m).
    • 2-[2-methyl-7-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl] pentanoic acid
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.22 (3H, m); 7.06 (1H, m); 3.88 (1H, m); 3.32 (1H, m); 2.64 (3H, s); 2.42 (3H, s); 2.43-2.36 (1H, m); 2.12-2.06 (2H, m); 1.97-1.79 (1H, m); 1.74-1.63 (2H, m); 1.26 (3H, m); 1.14-0.96 (2H, m); 0.76 (3H, m).
    • EXAMPLE 170 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-furyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of Methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-furyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.335 g, 0.907 mmol) in methanol (9 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.9 ml) and the mixture was heated at 100°C for 18 h in a sealed tube. After cooling, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.219 g (68%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 356 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 354 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 171 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-thienyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-thienyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.249 g, 0.646 mmol) in methanol (6.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.65 ml) and the mixture was heated at 100°C for 18 h in a sealed tube. After cooling, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.174 g (72%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 372 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 370 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 172 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-anisyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of Methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-anisyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.100 g, 0.244 mmol) in methanol (2.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.25 ml) and the mixture was heated at 100°C for 18 h in a sealed tube. After cooling, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane to afford 0.067 g (92%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 394 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 173 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(tert-butyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of Methyl [2-methyl-4-(tert-butyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.035 g, 0.097 mmol) in ethanol (1.0 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.10 ml) and the mixture was heated in a sealed tube at 100°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2) and partially concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crystallized from ethyl acetate to afford 0.015 g (44%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 346 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 300 (M-CO2H); 344 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 174 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,8-dihydro-6H-7-oxa-9-thia-1-aza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,8-dihydro-6H-7-oxa-9-thia-1-aza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate (0.089 g; 0.21 mmol) in methanol (2.1 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.21 ml) and the mixture was heated at 70°C for 4 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude solid was suspended in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography on silica using a mixture dichloromethane/methanol (98/2) + 0.5% acetic acid as eluent to afford 0.029 g (35 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 175 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-phenylpropanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-methylphenyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-phenylpropanoate (0.159 g; 0.36 mmol) in methanol (3.6 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.36 ml) and the mixture was heated at 70°C for 4 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude solid was suspended in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with 1N HCl (pH∼2). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography on silica using a mixture ethyl acetate/heptane (1/1) + 0.5% acetic acid as eluent to afford 0.056 g (38 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 428 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 176 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5H-cyclohepta[4,5]thieno [2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5H-cyclohepta[4,5]thieno [2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.434 g; 1.03 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) and water (1 mL), was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (1 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.38 g (90%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 408 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 177 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-methylpentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-methyl-4-methylpentanoate (0.114 g; 0.27 mmol) in methanol (2.7 mL) and water (0.27 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.27 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.083 g (76%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 408 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 178 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.244 g; 0.57 mmol) in methanol (5.7 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.14 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.222 g (94%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 414 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 179 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5H-cyclohepta[4,5]thieno [2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.281 g; 0.65 mmol) in methanol (6.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.3 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.220 g (82%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 414 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 180 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.172 g; 0.37 mmol) in methanol (3.7 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.74 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.121 g (73%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 449 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 181 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.233 g; 0.5 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.125 g (56%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 448 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 182 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [[2-methyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.281 g; 0.65 mmol) in methanol (6.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.3 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.129 g (52%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 394 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 183 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.290 g; 0.7 mmol) in methanol (7 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.4 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.276 g (99%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 394 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 184 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-(6-methyl-3-phenyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-(6-methyl-3-phenyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanoate (0.27 g; 0638 mmol) in methanol (6.3 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.3 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.052 g (20%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 416 (M+H);
    ESI/APCI(-): 414 (M-H), 370 (M-H-CO2);
    • EXAMPLE 185 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(m-anisyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.244 g; 0.577 mmol) in methanol (5.8 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.15 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.160 g (68%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 410 (M+H);
    ESI/APCI(-): 408 (M-H), 364 (M-H-CO2);
    • EXAMPLE 186 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.226 g; 0.499 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.078 g (36%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 440 (M+H);
    ESI/APCI(-): 438 (M-H);
    • EXAMPLE 187 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.300 g; 0.686 mmol) in methanol (6.9 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.4 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.168 g (58%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 424 (M+H);
    ESI/APCI(-): 422 (M-H);
    • EXAMPLE 188 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-6,6,6-trifluorohexanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-5,5,5-trifluorohexanoate (0.172 g; 0.362 mmol) in methanol (3.6 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.72 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.134 g (81%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 462 (M+H);
    ESI/APCI(-): 460 (M-H);
    • EXAMPLE 189 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.196 g; 0.459 mmol) in methanol (4.6 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.95 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.150g (76%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 414 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 412 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 190 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.197 g; 0.468 mmol) in methanol (4.6 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.95 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish 0.092 g (48%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 409 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 407 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 191 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.058 g; 0.147 mmol) in methanol (1.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.29 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish 0.023 g (42%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 381 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 192 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.271 g; 0.568 mmol) in methanol (5.7 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.1 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.010 g (4%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(-): 462 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 193 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-methyl-1-propyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.129 g; 0.264 mmol) in methanol (2.6 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.52 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. A purification by preparative TLC using a mixture ethyl acetate/heptane (1:1) + 0.5% AcOH furnished 0.006 g (5%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 475 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 473 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 194 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.266 g; 0.647 mmol) in methanol (6.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.3 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.005 g (2%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 398 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 396 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 195 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(benzofuran-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(benzofuran-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.302 g; 0.697mmol) in methanol (7 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (1.4 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.093 g (32%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 420 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 196 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-phenylbutanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-phenylbutanoate (0.128 g; 0.272 mmol) in methanol (2.7 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.54 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. A purification by Preparative TLC using a mixture ethyl acetate/heptane (1:1) + 0.5% AcOH furnished 0.003 g (2%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 456 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 454 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 197 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methylbutanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methylbutanoate (0.109 g; 0.267 mmol) in methanol (2.7 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.53 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. A purification by preparative TLC using a mixture ethyl acetate/heptane (1:1) + 0.5% AcOH furnished 0.0013 g (12%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 394 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 392 (M-H); 348 (M-H-CO2).
    • EXAMPLE 198 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methylpentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methypentanoate (0.108 g; 0.256 mmol) in methanol (2.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.5 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. A purification by preparative TLC using a mixture ethyl acetate/heptane (1:1) + 0.5% AcOH furnished 0.038 g (36%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 408 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 406 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 199 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-5,5,5-trifluoropentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-5,5,5-trifluoropentanoate (0.061 g; 0.132 mmol) in methanol (1.3 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.26 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. A purification by preparative TLC using a mixture ethyl acetate/heptane (1:1) + 0.5% AcOH furnished 0.0024 g (9%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 448 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 446 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 200 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-pent-4-yn-oic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pent-4-yn-oate (0.146 g; 0.362 mmol) in methanol (3.6 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.72 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.0023 g (2%) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 390 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 388 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 201 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.108 g; 0.25 mmol) in methanol (2.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5 N (0.5 mL) and the mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and the mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, water, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was crystallized from a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.077 g (76%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 424 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 422 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 202 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate ammonium salt and 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a solution of boron tribromide (1M in dichloromethane) (0.75 mL; 0.75 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (0.25 mL) at -30°C under nitrogen atmosphere was slowly added a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.108 g; 0.25 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C under nitrogen until completion. The reaction was then quenched by addition of methanol and the reaction mixture was washed with a saturated solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were collected and acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 2. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 3) furnished 0.008 g (8%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 410 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 408 (M-H).
  • The 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid can be obtained from the 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate ammonium salt by simple extraction between ethyl acetate and HCl (1N). The organic layer is then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to dryness to provide the desired compound (quantitative) as a dry powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 410 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 408 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 203 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4,4-dimethylpentanoic acid
  • To a solution of methyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4,4-dimethylpentanoate (0.039 g; 0.089 mmol) in methanol (2.7 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (2.68 mmol; 2.15 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C 18 h. An extra volume of 5% sodium hydroxide solution (1 mL) and ethanol (1 mL) were added and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for 12 additional hours. After cooling, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water. The mixture was acidified with HCl (1N) untill pH 2 and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The white solid was crystallized in a mixture ethyl acetate-heptane to furnish 0.025 g (67%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 422 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 420 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 204 - PREPARATION OF 2-[7-Benzyl-2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a suspension of ethyl [7-benzyl-2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate (0.514 g; 1 mmol) in a mixture methanol-ethanol (2:1) (15 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (15 mmol; 12 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 18 h. After cooling, the organic volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining basic solution was acidified with HCl (1N) untill pH 2 and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 2) furnished 0.027g (5.5 %) of the title compound as a light yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 487 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 205 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2,7-Dimethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a suspension of ethyl [2,7-dimethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate (0.438 g; 1 mmol) in a mixture methanol-ethanol (2:1) (15 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (15 mmol; 12 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 18 h. After cooling, the organic volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining basic solution was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 2 and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 2) furnished 0.024 g (5.8 %) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 411 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 206 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-cyclopropylpropanoic acid
  • To a suspension of ethyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-cyclopropylpropanoate (0.035 g; 0.080 mmol) in a mixture methanol-ethanol (2:1) (2.4 mL) was added a 5% sodium hydroxide solution (1.94 mL; 2.42 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to 90°C for 6 h. The organic volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining basic solution was acidified with HCl (1N) until pH 2. The white precipitate was filtered and dried to furnish 0.025 g (76 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 406 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 207 - PREPARATION OF N-cyano-2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanamide
  • A mixture of 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoaic acid (0.101 g; 0.257 mmol) in thionyl chloride (1 mL) and 1 drop of DMF was heated at 65°C for 1 h. The volatiles were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). Diisopropylethylamine (0.200 mL; 1.15 mmol) and cyanamide (0.0275 g; 0.654 mmol) were added and the solution was stirred for 20 h. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with a HCl (1N) and brine. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica using a gradient of methanol (0 - 7 %) in dichloromethane furnished 0.104 g (46 %) of the title compound as a solid.
    ESI/APCI (+): 418 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI (-): 416 (M-H).
    1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6 ) (ppm) δ: 10.9 (bs, 1H, NH); 7.30 (m, 3H, Harom.); 7.08 (m, 1H, Harom.); 3.78 (m, 1H, CH); 2.63 (s, 3H, CH3); ); 2.63 (s, 3H, CH3);1.8-0.7 (m, 12H, Hcyclohexyl + 2xCH2); 0.81 (t, 3H, CH3).
    • EXAMPLE 208 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanamide
  • A mixture of 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoaic acid (0.106 g; 0.269 mmol) in thionyl chloride (1.5 mL) was heated at 65°C for 1 h. The volatiles were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (1 mL) and cooled at 0°C. A 0.5 M ammonia solution in THF (3 mL; 1.50 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 1 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and ethyl acetate and a HCl (1N) added to the residue. Both phases were separated and the organic layer was washed with a solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (1N) and brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica using a gradient of methanol (0 - 5 %) in dichloromethane furnished 0.084 g (79 %) of the title compound as a pale yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI (+): 393 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI (-): 391 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 209 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE Ethyl 2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylate
  • To a solution of ethyl cyanoacetate (42.68 mL; 400 mmol) in dry ethanol (400 mL) were added cyclohexanone (62.18 mL; 600 mmol), morpholine (52.8 mL; 600 mmol) and sulfur (19.24 g; 600 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 h and the resulting suspension was filtered, washed with a small volume of cold ethanol and dried to furnish 66 g (73%) of the title compound as a white powder.
    ESI/APCI(+): 226 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 210 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE Ethyl(4-hydroxy-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carboxylate
  • To a solution of ethyl 2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene-3-carboxylate (33.8 g; 150 mmol) and ethyl-3-ethoxybut-2-enoate (25 g; 157.5 mmol) in xylene (600 mL) was added a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid mono hydrate. The resulting reaction mixture was heated to reflux (temp. of bath 165°C) equipped with a Dean-Stark trap and condenser to collect ethanol. After 18 h, the solution was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a dropping funnel and then added dropwise to a stirred solution of sodium ethoxide (21% in ethanol, 59 mL; 157.5 mmol) in ethanol (350 mL). The resulting solution is heated to reflux for 18 h and, after cooling, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to yield a black oil. This material was suspended in water (150 mL) and washed with diethylether (2 x 150 mL). The aqueous phase was separated, cooled at 0°C and slowly acidified to pH 4 with a 1N HCl with rapid stirring. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with diluted hydrochloric acid solution and dried to furnish 25.5 g (58%) of the title compound as a black solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 292 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 290 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 211 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE Ethyl(4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carboxylate
  • The ethyl(4-hydroxy-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carboxylate (2.45 g; 8.41 mmol) was suspended in phosphorus oxychloride (15.7 mL; 168.17 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 100°C for 40 min. After cooling, the excess of phosphorus oxychloride was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was diluted in ethyl acetate and washed with a saturated solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate, brine and water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (0 - 40%) in dichloromethane furnished 1.79 g (68 %) of the title compound as a dark oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 310-312 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 212 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanol
  • To a solution of ethyl(4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carboxylate (1.79 g; 5.78 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (18 mL) at -78°C under nitrogen atmosphere was added a 1M solution of diisobutylaluminium hydride in dichloromethane (13.3 mL; 13.29 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 1.5 h and 1 h more at 0°C. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding 1N HCl carefully (17 mL) and the resulting mixture was vigorously stirred for 1 h. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane. The organics were combined and washed with a Rochelle's salt solution and brine, dried over sodium sulphate, concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish 1.2 g (77%) of the title compound as an orange solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 268-270 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 213 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carbaldehyde
  • To a cold (10°C) solution of (4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanol (2.14 g; 8 mmol) in dry dimethylsulfoxide (15 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere was added triethylamine (3.37 mL; 24 mmol) followed by Py.SO3 complex (3.20 g; 20 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then poured with water (60 mL). The mixture was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to furnish 1.95 g (92 %) of the title compound as a beige solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 266-268 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 214 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 2-(4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-2-(trimethylsilyloxy)acetonitrile
  • To a cold (0°C) mixture of (4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carbaldehyde (1.95 g; 7.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 mL) was added zinc iodide (1.17 g; 3.67 mmol) followed by trimethylsilylcyanide (2.94 mL; 22.01 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, diluted with dichloromethane (40 mL) and quenched with water (30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organics were washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish 2.5 g (93 %) of the title compound as a brown oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 365-367 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 215 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE Methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyacetate
  • To a cooled (0 °C), stirred solution of methanol (85 ml) under an argon atmosphere was added dropwise acetyl chloride (12.1 ml; 170 mmol). The solution was warmed to room temperature and used immediately to dissolve 2-(4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-2-trimethylsilyloxy)acetonitrile (6.02 g; 16.4 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h. After cooling, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, the remaining residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with a saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (10 - 80%) in heptane furnished 3,2 g (59.5 %) of the title compound as a light brown solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 326 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 217 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE Methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyacetate (0.100 g, 0,307 mmol) in tert-butyl acetate (1,5 mL; 11,23 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added perchloric acid 70% (0,029 mL; 0,338 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 h and quenched by adding a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and the phases were separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.069 g (59 %) of the title compound as a solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 382 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 218 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE Methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-ethoxyacetate
  • To a cold solution of methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyacetate (0.100 g; 0.307 mmol) in dry DMF (1.5 ml) at -15 °C under nitrogen atmosphere was added LHMDS (1M in THF) (0.338 mL; 0.338 mmol) dropwise and the mixture was stirred at -15 °C for 15 min. Then, iodoethane (0.049 mL; 0.614 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature. After 72 h, the reaction was quenched by adding a saturated solution of ammonium chloride, extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organics were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (5 - 40 %) in heptane furnished 0.040 g (37%) of the title compound as a solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 354 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 219 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.069 g; 0.181 mmol) in a mixture of DME-water (3:1) (1mL) were added potassium carbonate (0.100 g; 0.723 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (0.010 g; 0.009 mmol) and 4-tolylboronic acid (0.049 g; 0.361 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at 140°C under microwave irradiation. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.043 g (44 %) of the title compound as a solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 438 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 220 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-ethoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-ethoxyacetate (0.040 g; 0.113 mmol) in a mixture of DME-water (3:1) (0.48 mL) were added potassium carbonate (0.062 g; 0.452 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (0.0065 g; 0.0056 mmol) and 4-tolylboronic acid (0.031 g; 0.226 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at 140°C under microwave irradiation. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (5 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.025 g (54 %) of the title compound as a solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 410 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 221 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyaceticacid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.043 g; 0.098 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.100 mL; 1 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 60°C for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water, the mixture was then acidified by adding 1N HCl until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure. The crude product was suspended in a mixture of acetonitrile and methanol, filtered, washed with acetonitrile and dried under reduced pressure to furnish 0.012 g (28 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 424 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 422 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 222 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-ethoxyacetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-ethoxyacetate (0.025 g; 0.061 mmol) in methanol (0.75 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.075 mL; 0.750 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water, the mixture was then acidified by adding 6N HCl until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to furnish 0.013 g (52 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 396 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 395 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 223 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-Methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.100 g; 0.262 mmol) in a mixture of DME-water (3:1) (1mL) were added potassium carbonate (0.145 g; 1.047 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (0.015 g; 0.0013 mmol) and 3-pyridinylboronic acid (0.064 g; 0.524 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at 140°C under microwave irradiation. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (2 - 20%) in heptane furnished 0.052 g (47 %) of the title compound as a solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 425 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 224 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(pyridn-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.052 g; 0.122 mmol) in methanol (1.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.150 mL; 1.5 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 60°C for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water, the mixture was then acidified by adding 1N HCl until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to furnish 0.032 g (61 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 409 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 225 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanenitrile
  • Triethylamine (0.100 mL; 0.712 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-(2,3-tetramethylene-6-methyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanamide (0.080 g; 0.204 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (8 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C and trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.050 mL; 0.359 mmol) was added dropwise to the cold solution. The solution was allowed to warm up to room temperature over 3 h. The reaction mixture was washed with a solution of HCl (1N), with a solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (1N) and brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated until dryness. The crude material was used in the next step without further purification.
    • EXAMPLE 226 - PREPARATION OF 2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-3-[1-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)butyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine
  • To a solution of 2-(2,3-tetramethylene-6-methyl-4-p-tolylthieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yl)pentanenitrile (0.076 g; 0.203 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium azide (0.042 g; 0.646 mmol) and ammonium chloride (0.046 g; 0.860 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 110°C for 6 days. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (20 mL), acidified with 1N HCl (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated until dryness. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.035 g (41%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI (+): 418 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI (-): 416 5M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 227 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.100 g; 0.262 mmol) in a mixture of DME-water (3:1) (1 mL) were added potassium carbonate (0.109 g; 0.786 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (0.015 g; 0.013 mmol) and 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (0.109 g; 0.524 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at 140°C under microwave irradiation. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (5 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.065 g (58 %) of the title compound as a light yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 428 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 228 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.120 g; 0.281 mmol) in methanol (3.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.350 mL; 3.5 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water, the mixture was then acidified by adding 1N HCl until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure. The crude product was suspended in a mixture of acetonitrile and methanol, filtered, washed with acetonitrile and dried under reduced pressure to furnish 0.034 g (29 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 411 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI(-): 409 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 229 - PREPARATION OF 3-(1-[2-methyl-6-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]butyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5(4H)-one
  • A solution of 2-[2-methyl-6-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanenitrile (0.082 g; 0.219 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.023 g; 0.331 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (0.026 mg; 0.310 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 65°C for 18 h. The volatiles were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude N'-hydroxy-2-[2-methyl-6-methyl-4-p-tolyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanimidamide which was mixed with carbodiimidazole (0.050 g; 0.308 mmol) in dioxane (2 mL) and heated at 100°C for 45 min. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.023 g (25%) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI (+): 434 (M+H).
    ESI/APCI (-): 432 (M-H).
    • EXAMPLE 230 - PREPARATION OF Ethyl [2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • To a solution of (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.542 g; 2 mmol) and ethyl 4-oxohexanoate (0.348 g; 2.2 mmol) in dry DMF (8 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added chlorotrimethylsilane (1.02 mL; 8 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred in a sealed tube and heated at 100°C for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was successively washed with a saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate, water, brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel column using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 - 30%) in heptane to afford 0.508 g (64%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 394 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 231 - PREPARATION OF Ethyl 2-[2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • To a solution of ethyl [2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate (0.491 g; 1.25 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL) at -10°C was added a 1N solution of LHMDS in THF (1.38 mL; 1.38 mmol) and 1-propyliodide (0.183 mL; 1.88 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and the stirring was carried on for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of a saturated solution of ammonium chloride and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford 0.322 g (59 %) of the title compound as a light yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 436 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 232 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • To a suspension of ethyl 2-[2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate (0.322 g; 0.739 mmol) in a mixture methanol-ethanol (2:1) (22.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5% (18 mL; 22.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at 90°C for 4 h. The organic volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining basic solution was acidified until pH 2 with a solution of hydrochloric acid 1N. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, the organics were combined, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish 0.203 g (68 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 408 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 233 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 5-[1-(2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methylene]thiazolidine-2,4-dione
  • To a solution of (4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carbaldehyde (0.102 g; 0.318 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) were added 1,3-thiazoline-2,4-dione (0.040 g; 0.342 mmol) and piperidine (0.010 mL; 0.101 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C for 24 h. After slow cooling, the solution was poured in water, acidified with a solution of hydrochloric acid 1N and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish 0.083 g (62 %) of the title compound, which was used in the next reaction without further purification.
    ESI/APCI (+): 421 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 234 - PREPARATION OF 5-[1-(2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)butyl]thiazolidine-2,4-dione
  • To a cold (-15°C) solution of copper(I)iodide (0.200 g; 1.05 mmol) in anhydrous diethyl ether (5 mL) was added a 2M solution of n-propylmagnesium chloride in diethyl ether (1.0 mL; 2.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 20 min and a solution of 5-[1-(2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methylene]thiazolidine-2,4-dione (0.083 g; 0.197 mmol) in a mixture diethyl ether-tetrahydrofurane (2/1, 3 mL) was added dropwise and stirring was carried on for 2 h at - 15°C and 18 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (50 mL) and diluted with diethyl ether (20 mL). Both phases were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether, the combined organic phases were washed with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.008 g (9%) of the title compound.
    ESI/APCI (+): 465 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 235 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE Ethyl (4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carboxylate
  • To a solution of ethyl (4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carboxylate (10 g; 32.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofurane (100 ml) at room temperature was slowly added a 4N solution of hydrochloric acid in dioxane (56.5 mL; 226 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 1 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (75 mL), sodium iodide (38.7 g; 258 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 48 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate and was successively washed with water, a solution of sodium thiosulphate, water and brine. The organics were dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10.83 g (71 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 402 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 236 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanol
  • To a solution of ethyl (4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carboxylate (10.83 g; 27 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (90 mL) at -78°C under nitrogen atmosphere was added a 1M solution of diisobutylaluminium hydride in dichloromethane (59.4 mL; 59.4 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h, allowed to warm up to 0°C and stirred for 2 additional hours at 0°C. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding a solution of hydrochloric acid 1N (17 mL) carefully and the resulting mixture was vigorously stirred for 1 h. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane. The organics were combined and washed with a Rochelle's salt solution and brine, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (0 - 80 %) in heptane furnished 3.4 g (35 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 360 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 237 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carbaldehyde
  • To a cold (10°C) solution of (4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanol (3.04 g; 8.46 mmol) in dry dimethylsulfoxide (20 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added triethylamine (3.57 mL; 25.4 mmol) followed by Py.SO3 complex (3.37 g; 21.16 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then poured in water (80 mL). The mixture was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound as a beige solid. The crude material was used in the next reaction without further purification.
    ESI/APCI(+):358 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 238 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 2-(4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-2-(trimethylsilyloxy)acetonitrile
  • To a cold (0°C) mixture of (4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carbaldehyde (3.02 g; 8.46 mmol) in dichloromethane (42 mL) was added zinc iodide (1.35 g; 4.23 mmol) followed by trimethylsilylcyanide (2.27 ml; 16.92 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, diluted with dichloromethane (40 mL) and quenched with water (30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organics were washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish the title compound as a brown solid. The crude material was used in the next reaction without further purification.
    ESI/APCI(+): 457 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 239 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE Methyl 2-[4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyacetate
  • To a cooled (0 °C), stirred solution of methanol (42 ml) under an argon atmosphere was added dropwise sulfuric acid (8 mL). The solution was warmed to room temperature and used immediately to dissolve 2-(4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-2-trimethylsilyloxy)acetonitrile (8.46 g; 3.86 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h. After cooling, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, the remaining residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (10 - 80%) in heptane furnished 2.1 g (49 %) of the title compound as a light brown solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 418 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 240 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE Methyl 2-[4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-hydroxyacetate (2.1 g; 5.03 mmol) in tert-butyl acetate (15 mL; 112 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added perchloric acid 70% (0.342 mL; 5.52 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 days and quenched by adding a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and the phases were separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (1 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.776 g (32 %) of the title compound as a solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 474 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 241 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.050 g; 0.106 mmol) in a mixture of DME-water (3:1) (0.480 mL) were added potassium carbonate (0.044 g; 0.317 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (0.012 g; 0.010 mmol) and 2-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine (0.046 g; 0.211 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at 140°C under a microwave irradiation. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (10 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.025 g (54 %) of the title compound as a light yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 439 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 242 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.035 g; 0.080 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.100 mL; 1 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water. The mixture was then acidified by adding 1N HCl until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure. The crude product was suspended in a mixture of acetonitrile and methanol, filtered, washed with acetonitrile and dried under reduced pressure to furnish 0.007 g (20 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 425 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 243 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-chloro-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.100 g; 0.262 mmol) in a mixture of DME-water (3:1) (0.480 mL) were added potassium carbonate (0.109 g; 0.786 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (0.030 g; 0.026 mmol) and 6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzo[d]thiazole (0.137 g; 0.524 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at 140°C under a microwave irradiation. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (5 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.024 g (18 %) of the title compound as a light yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 481 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 244 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
  • Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.024 g; 0.050 mmol), lithium iodide (0.020 g; 0.150 mmol) and pyridine (0.300 mL) were mixed in a tube, purged with nitrogen, and sealed. After heating at 125°C for 48 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water and acidified by adding a solution of hydrochloric acid 2N until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.008 g (34 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 467 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 245 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolin-7-ylboronic acid Step 1 :
  • Acetone-1,3-dicarboxylic acid (30 g; 205 mmol) was added in portions to acetic anhydride (55 ml; 582 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 35°C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (200 ml) and kept at 4°C for 3 h. A precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with toluene and dried under reduced pressure to furnish 18.91 g (54 %) of 2,6-dioxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl acetate as a light brown solid.
    ESI/APCI(-): 169 (M-H).
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 6,35 (1H, s, CH); 3,69 (2H, s, CH2); 2,30 (s, 3H, CH3).
    • Step 2 :
  • A mixture of 1-bromo-4-methoxy-2-nitrobenzene (10 g; 43.1 mmol), ethanol (100 ml), acetic acid (100 ml) and iron powder (9,63 g; 172 mmol) was heated at 100°C for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (300 ml). The suspension was neutralized with solid potassium carbonate. The mixture was filtered on a plug of celite and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2-bromo-5-methoxyaniline, which was used in the next step without further purification.
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d6 ) δ 7,27 (d, J = 8,6 Hz, 1 H, Harom.); 6,32 (d, J = 2,7 Hz, 1 H, Harom.); 6,22 (dd, J1 = 8,7 Hz, J2 = 2,8 Hz, 1 H, Harom.); 4,07 (bs, 2 H, NH2); 3,74 (s, 3 H, OCH3).
    • Step 3 :
  • 2-bromo-5-methoxyaniline (6 g; 29.7 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (33.7 ml) and 2,6-dioxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl acetate (4.59 g; 27.0 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 35 °C in a sand bath for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by adding ice-water (250 ml), the precipitate formed was filtered, washed with water and dried over phosphorus pentoxide under reduced pressure to afford 8.98 g (71 %) of 1-(2-bromo-5-methoxyphenylamino)-1,5-dioxohex-3-en-3-yl acetate as a grey solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 372-374 (M+H).
    • Step 4 :
  • 1-(2-bromo-5-methoxyphenylamino)-1,5-dioxohex-3-en-3-yl acetate (8 g; 21.50 mmol) was added in small portions to concentrated sulfuric acid (30 ml) at room temperature and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. Ice was added to the reaction mixture and the formed precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried over phosphorus pentoxide under reduced pressure to afford 5.97 g (89 %) of 2-(8-bromo-5-methoxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)acetic acid as a grey solid.
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 7,76 (d, J = 8,8 Hz, 1 H, Harom.); 6,77 (d, J = 8,9 Hz, 1 H, Harom.); 6,45 (s, 1 H, COCH); 3,88 (s, 2 H, CH2); 3,80 (s, 3 H, OCH3).
    • Step 5 :
  • To a well-stirred and cold solution of 2-(8-bromo-5-methoxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)acetic acid (5.5 g; 17.62 mmol) in dry THF (90 ml) was slowly added a borane solution (1M in THF) (38.8 ml; 38.8 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture was carefully quenched with a solution of sodium hydroxide 1N (40 ml), the organic volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish 2.7 g (51 %) of 8-bromo-4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methoxyquinolin-2(1H)-one as a light brown solid.
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 9,87 (s, 1 H, NH); 7,76 (d, J = 8,8 Hz, 1 H, Harom.); 6,79 (d, J = 8,9 Hz, 1 H, Harom.); 6,34 (s, 1 H, COCH); 4,63 (t, J = 5,6 Hz, 1 H, OH), 3,89 (s, 3 H, OCH3); 3,64 (dt, J1 = J2 = 5,9 Hz, 2 H, CH2); 3,14 (t, J = 6,3 Hz, 2 H, CH2).
    • Step 6 :
  • To a stirred solution of 8-bromo-4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methoxyquinolin-2(1H)-one (2.7 g; 9.06 mmol) at -78 °C was added a solution of boron tribromide (1M in DCM) (55 ml; 55 mmol) dropwise. After 1 h the reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and the stirring was carried out for 20 h. The reaction mixture was mixed with ice and water, the solid formed was isolated by filtration and dried over phosphorus pentoxide under reduced pressure to afford 1.56 g (45 %) of 8-bromo-5-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxyethyl)quinolin-2(1H)-one. The crude solid was used in the next step without further purification.
    • Step 7 :
  • To a stirred solution of 8-bromo-5-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxyethyl)quinolin-2(1H)-one (0.560 g; 1.971 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 ml) was added triphenylphosphine (0.775 g; 2.96 mmol) followed by the dropwise addition of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.582 ml; 2.96 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, concentrated under reduced pressure and the remaining crude residue was slowly added to phosphorus oxychloride (2.5 ml; 26.7 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated at 100°C for 1 h and then cooled to room temperature before removing of the volatiles under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with a solution of sodium hydroxide 1N, water and brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40 %) in heptane furnished 0.220 g (39 %) of 7-bromo-5-chloro-2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinoline as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 284-286 (M+H).
    • Step 8 :
  • To a solution of 7-bromo-5-chloro-2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinoline (0.220 g; 0.773 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (7.5ml) was added zinc dust (0.253 g; 3.87 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The suspension was filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with a solution of sodium hydroxide 1N and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 80 %) in heptane furnished 0.047 g (24 %) of 7-bromo-2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinoline as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 250-252 (M+H).
    • Step 9 :
  • 7-bromo-2.3-dihydropyrano[4.3.2-de]quinoline (0.170 g; 0.680 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (0.207 g; 0.816 mmol), anhydrous potassium acetate (0.133 g; 1.36 mmol) and bis(tricyclohexylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.045 g; 0.068 mmol) in anhydrous 1.4-dioxane (3.1 mL) were mixed in a tube, purged with argon and sealed. After heating at 95°C for 16 h, the mixture was cooled at room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure and store at 3°C for 21 h. The brown residue was dissolved in acetonitrile, filtered, and the dark brown solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.044 g (25 %) of the title compound as an amorphous solid.
    • EXAMPLE 246 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolin-7-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.065 g; 0.136 mmol) in a mixture of DME-water (3:1) (0.480 mL) were added potassium carbonate (0.057 g; 0.409 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (0.016 g; 0.014 mmol) and 2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolin-7-ylboronic acid (0.044 g; 0.205 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at 140°C under a microwave irradiation. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (5 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.048 g (68 %) of the title compound as a light yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 517 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 247 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolin-7-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyaceticacid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolin-7-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.040 g; 0.077 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.100 mL; 1 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water, the mixture was then acidified by adding 1N HCl until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.005 g (12 %) of the title compound as a white solid .
    ESI/APCI(+): 503 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 248 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 2-(8-fluoro-5-methylchroman-6-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane Step 1 :
  • To a solution of 2-fluoro-5-methylphenol (5 g; 39.6 mmol) and allyl bromide (5.48 ml; 63.4 mmol) in DMF (200 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature was added sodium hydride (60% in oil) (3.33 g; 83 mmol) in small portions. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 21 h, then diluted with ethyl acetate (500 ml) and washed with water (3x500 ml). The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The expected compound was used in the next reaction without further purification.
    • Step 2 :
  • 2-(allyloxy)-1-fluoro-4-methylbenzene (7 g; 42.1 mmol) was placed in a microwave oven and irradiated at 240°C for 20 min. The resulting black residue was used in the next reaction without further purification.
    • Step 3 :
  • To a cold (0°C) solution of 2-allyl-6-fluoro-3-methylphenol (1 g; 6.02 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (39 ml) was added a borane solution (1M in THF, 12 ml; 12 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0°C and carefully treated with a solution of sodium hydroxide 6 N (20 ml) followed by a slow addition of hydrogen peroxide (12.3 ml; 120.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with a solution of hydrochloric acid 10% (10 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 80%) in heptane furnished 0.864 g (78 %) of the expected compound.
    ESI/APCI(+): 185 (M+H).
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 6.85 (1H, dd, J 1=8.1 Hz, J 2=10.9, Harom.); 6.55 (1H, dd, J1 = 5.2 Hz, J2 =8.1 Hz, Harom.); 3.42 (2H, t, J=6.03 Hz, CH2); 2.59 (2H, t, 7.9, CH2); 2.19 (3H, s, CH3); 1.57 (m, 2H, CH2).
    • Step 4 :
  • To a solution of 6-fluoro-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)-3-methylphenol (0.600 g; 3.26 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (46 ml), triphenylphosphine (1.11 g; 4.23 mmol) and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.834 ml; 4.23 mmol) were added and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40 %) in heptane furnished 0.470 g (87 %) of the expected compound.
    ESI/APCI(+): 167 (M+H) .
    • Step 5 :
  • To a solution of 8-fluoro-5-methylchroman (0.300 g; 1.81 mmol) in acetic acid (4.4 mL) was added a solution of bromine (0.185 mL; 3.61 mmol)) in acetic acid (2.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at room temperature and then diluted with toluene and concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate was added and the solution was washed with a saturated solution of sodium thiosulphate and a saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 40 %) in heptane furnished 0.305 g (69 %) of the expected compound.
    ESI/APCI(+): 245-247 (M+H).
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 7.34 (1H, d, J= 10.5 Hz); 4.13 (2H, t, J= 5.1 Hz,); 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.03 Hz); 2.20 (3H, s); 1.90 (2H, m).
    • Step 6 :
  • 6-bromo-8-fluoro-5-methylchroman (0.200 g; 0.816 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (0.414 g; 1.63 mmol), anhydrous potassium acetate (0.280 g; 2.86 mmol) and [1,1'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II) (0.067 g; 0.082 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (9.4 mL) were mixed in a tube, purged with argon, and sealed. After heating at 95°C for 16 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 100 %) in heptane furnished 0.216 g (91 %) of the title compound.
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 7.15 (1H, d, J= 12 Hz, Harom.); 4.15 (2H, t, J= 5.1 Hz, OCH2); 2.60 (2H, t, J=6 Hz, O(CH2)2CH 2); 2.12 (3H, s, CH3); 1.96 (2H, m, OCH2CH 2); 1.28 '6H, s, 4 x CH3).
    • EXAMPLE 249 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(8-fluoro-5-methylchroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.075 g; 0.158 mmol) in a mixture of DME-water (3:1) (0.480 mL) were added potassium carbonate (0.066 g; 0.475 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (0.018 g; 0.016 mmol) and 2-(8-fluoro-5-methylchroman-6-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (0.069 g; 0.238 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at 140°C under a microwave irradiation. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethylacetate (0 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.046 g (57 %) of the title compound as a light yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 512 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 250 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(8-fluoro-5-methylchroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(8-fluoro-5-methylchroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.046 g; 0.090 mmol) in methanol (1.1 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.110 mL; 1.1 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 60°C for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water, the mixture was then acidified by adding 1N HCl until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.005 g (12 %) of the title compound as a white solid .
    ESI/APCI(-): 496 (M-H).
    ESI/APCI(+): 498 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 251 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE 2-(5-chlorochroman-6-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane Step 1 :
  • To a solution of 3-chlorophenol (10 g; 78 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (78 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added sodium hydride (60% in oil) (6.22 g; 156 mmol) in small portions. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and diethylcarbamic chloride (19.71 ml; 156 mmol) was slowly added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 21 h. The reaction was quenched with water, concentrated under reduced pressure, extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (0 - 40 %) in heptane furnished 9.86 g (56 %) of 3-chlorophenyl diethylcarbamate.
    ESI/APCI(+): 228 (M+H).
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 7.41 (m, 1 H, Harom.); 7.31 - 7.27 (m, 2 H, Harom.); 7.13 - 7.01 (m, 1 H, Harom.); 3.48 - 3.13 (m, 4 H, 2 x CH2); 1.21 - 1.09 (m, 6 H, 2 x CH3).
    • Step 2 :
  • To a solution of lithium diisopropylamine (2M in THF) (21.40 ml; 42.8 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (117 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere at -78°C was added 3-chlorophenyl diethylcarbamate (8.86 g; 38.91 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at -78°C, and iodine (0.669 g; 46.7 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred for 30 min. at 0°C and was then allowed to warm up to room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water and the organics were removed under reduced pressure. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with a solution of hydrochloric acid 1 N, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 8.32 g (55 %) of 3-chloro-2-iodophenyl diethylcarbamate as brown solid.
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 7.47-7.38 (m, 2 H, 2 Harom.); 7.13 (dd, J = 7.44 Hz, 1.92 Hz, 1 H, Harom.); 3.47 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2 H, CH2); 3.37 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2 H, CH2); 1.28 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H, CH3); 1.14 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H, CH3).
    • Step 3 :
  • 3-chloro-2-iodophenyl diethylcarbamate (2.70 g; 7.64 mmol, propargyl alcohol (0.902 mL, 15.27 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.882 g; 0.764 µmol), copper iodide (0.292 g; 1.53 mmol), diisopropylamine (1.51 mL; 10.69 mmol) were mixed in a tube, purged with argon, and sealed. After heating at 100°C for 1 h, the reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into ethyl acetate (27 ml) and washed with a solution of hydrochloric acid 10%, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 100 %) in heptane furnished 0.69 g (17 %) of the desired 3-chloro-N,N-diethyl-2-(3-hydroxyprop-1-ynyl)benzamide.
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 7.44-7.37 (m, 2 H, 2 Harom.); 7.13 (dd, J = 7.08 Hz, 2.19 Hz, 1 H, Harom.); 5.41 (t, J = 5.98 Hz, 1H, OH); 4.32 (d, J = 5.98 Hz, 2H, OCH2); 3.42 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2 H, CH2); 3.29 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2 H, CH2); 1.23 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3 H, CH3); 1.12 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3 H, CH3).
    • Step 4 :
  • To a solution of 3-chloro-N,N-diethyl-2-(3-hydroxyprop-1-ynyl)benzamide (0.690 g; 2.45 mmol) in ethyl acetate (15.4 ml) was added Rh-Al2O3 (0.655 g; 0.318 mmol). The flask was purged with nitrogen and saturated under hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 21 h, then filtered on a plug of celite and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (10 - 80 %) in heptane furnished 0.411 g (33 %) of the desired 3-chloro-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl diethylcarbamate.
    • Step 5 :
  • To a solution of the 3-chloro-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl diethylcarbamate (0.410 g; 1.43 mmol) in ethanol (14.5 ml) was added solid sodium hydroxide (0.144 g; 3.59 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 21 h. After cooling, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, water was added and the mixture was extracted with diethyl ether, the combined organics were dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (15 - 100 %) in heptane furnished 0.57 g (79 %) of the desired 3-chloro-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenol.
    • Step 6 :
  • To a solution of 3-chloro-2-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenol (0.56 g; 3 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (1.02 g; 3.90 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (42 mL) was added diisopropyl azadicarboxylate (0.766 mL; 3.90 mmol), the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 80 %) in heptane furnished 0.121 g (24 %) of 5-chlorochroman.
    NMR (1H, DMSO-d 6) δ 7.09 (1H, Harom.); 6.96 (1H, Harom.); 6.73 (1H, Harom.); 4.11 (2H, t, J= 5.1 Hz, OCH2); 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.3 Hz, O(CH2)2CH 2); 1.94 (2H, m, OCH2CH 2).
    • Step 7 :
  • To a solution of 5-chlorochroman (0.101 g; 0.6 mmol) and silver nitrate (0.112 g; 0.66 mmol) in methanol (6 mL) was added iodine (0.153 g; 0.6 mmol) and the reaction mixture for 30 min. The reaction was quenched by adding a solution of sodium thiosulphate 0.5M (2.5 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 80 %) in heptane furnished 0.088 g (50 %) of 5-chloro-4-iodochroman.
    • Step 8 :
  • 5-chloro-4-iodochroman (0.082 g; 0.27 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (0.137 g; 0.54 mmol), anhydrous potassium acetate (0.093 g; 0.946 mmol) and [1,1'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II) (0.021 g; 0.027 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2.7 mL) were mixed in a tube, purged with argon, and sealed. The reaction mixture was heated at 95°C for 18 h, cooled at room temperature, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with a saturated solution of sodium chloride, water, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5 - 100 %) in heptane furnished 0.016 g (20 %) of the title compound.
    • EXAMPLE 252 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(5-chlorochroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.075 g; 0.158 mmol) in a mixture of DME-water (3:1) (0.480 mL) were added potassium carbonate (0.066 g; 0.475 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (0.018 g; 0.016 mmol) and 2-(5-chlorochroman-6-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (0.070 g; 0.238 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at 140°C under microwave irradiation. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (0 - 40%) in heptane furnished 0.027 g (34 %) of the title compound as a light yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 514-516 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 253 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(5-chlorochroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
  • To a solution of Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(5-chlorochroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.027 g; 0.053 mmol) in methanol (0.9 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.090 mL; 0.90 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 60°C for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water, the mixture was then acidified by adding 1N HCl until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 1) furnished 0.005 g (18 %) of the title compound as a white solid .
    ESI/APCI(+): 500-502 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 254 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]bromomethane
  • To a solution of (2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanol (0.323 g; 1 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (5 mL) were added triphenylphosphine (0.314 g; 1.2 mmol) and carbon tetrabromide (0.431 g; 1.3 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 21 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 - 30 %) in heptane to afford 0.310 g (80 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 387-389 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 255 - PREPARATION OF Dimethyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]methylphosphonate
  • A solution of (2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)bromomethane (0.309 g; 0.8 mmol) in trimethylphosphite (8 mL) was heated at reflux for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was used in the next step without further purification.
    ESI/APCI(+): 416 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 256 - PREPARATION OF Dimethyl [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]butylphosphonate
  • To a solution of dimethyl (2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methylphosphonate (0.332 g; 0.8 mmol) in dry DMF (3.2 mL) at -10°C was added LHMDS (1M in THF) (0.880 mL; 0.880 mmol) and 1-propyliodide (0.117 mL; 1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h. A saturated solution of ammonium chloride (4 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 - 40%) in dichloromethane furnished 0.354 g (96 %) of the title compound as a light yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 458 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 257 - PREPARATION OF 1-(2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)butylphosphonic acid
  • To a cold solution of dimethyl (2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)butylphosphonate (0.351 g; 0.767 mmol) in dry DMF (4 mL) and protected by an aluminium foil was added 2,6-lutidine (0.444 mL; 3.84 mmol) and then, very slowly, trimethylsilyl iodide (3.59 mL; 15.34 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding a saturated solution of ammonium chloride. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, the organics were combined, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Acetonitrile was added to the organic residue and a white precipitate was filtered, washed and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in a mixture methanol-acetonitrile (1:1, 6 mL) and a solution of ammonium acetate 10 mM (2 mL) was added. After 20 min, a precipitate was formed, filtered, washed with a small amount of acetonitrile. The solid was partitioned between ethyl acetate and HCl 1N and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide 0.034 g (10 %) of the title compound as an ochre solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 430 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 258 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(phenylthio)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • Methyl 2-[4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.050 g; 0.106 mmol), thiophenol (0.013 mL; 0.127 mmol), triethylamine (0.030 mL; 0.211 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (0.211 mL) were mixed in a tube, purged with nitrogen, and sealed. After heating at 100°C for 18 h, the mixture was cooled down and diluted with dichloromethane and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 - 30 %) in heptane furnished 0.032 g (56 %) of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 456 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 259 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(phenylthio)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(phenylthio)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (0.032 g; 0.070 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (0.100 mL; 1 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 65°C for 18 h. After cooling, the organic volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the aqueous phase was then acidified with a solution of hydrochloric acid 2N until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to afford 0.017 g (50 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 442 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 260 - PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIATE (6-acetyl-2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone
  • To a solution of 3-oxo-3-p-tolylpropanenitrile (1.59 g; 10 mmol) in dry ethanol (10 mL) were added 1-acetylpiperidin-4-one (2.12 g; 15 mmol), morpholine (1.32 mL; 15 mmol) and sulfur (0.480 g; 15 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (2 - 100 %) in dichloromethane as eluent furnished 2.6 g (82 %) of the title compound as a bright yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 315 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 261 - PREPARATION OF Ethyl [7-acetyl-2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate
  • To a solution of (6-acetyl-2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (2 g; 6.36 mmol) and ethyl 4-oxo-2-propylpentanoate (1.3 g; 7 mmol) in dry DMF (25 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere was added chlorotrimethylsilane (3.25 mL; 25.45 mmol). The mixture was stirred in a sealed tube and heated at 100°C for 48 h. After cooling, water (25 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash-chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of methanol (0 - 20 %) in dichloromethane furnished 2.79 g (94 %) of the title compound.
    ESI/APCI(+): 465 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 262 - PREPARATION OF [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate ammonium salt
  • To a suspension of ethyl [7-acetyl-2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,7-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate (2.79 g; 6 mmol) in a mixture methanol-ethanol (2:1) (141 mL) was added a solution of 5% sodium hydroxide (144 mL; 180 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at 90°C for 18 h. The organic volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining basic solution was acidified with a solution of hydrochloric acid 1N until pH 2. The beige precipitate was filtered and dried under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 3) furnished 0.84 g (34 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid. ESI/APCI(+): 395 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 263 - PREPARATION OF [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,6-diaza-fluoren-3-yl] pentanoate ammonium salt and EXAMPLE 264 - PREPARATION OF [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,8-diaza-fluoren-3-yl] pentanoate ammonium salt Step 1 :
  • To a solution of 3-oxo-3-p-tolylpropanenitrile (0.795 g; 5 mmol) in dry ethanol (5 mL) were added N-Boc piperidin-3-one (1.49 g; 7.5 mmol), morpholine (0.660 mL; 7.5 mmol) and sulfur (0.240 g; 7.5 mmol). The stirred reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 h under a nitrogen atmosphere and then heated at 60°C for 18 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining crude was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (1 - 50 %) in dichloromethane to afford 0.981 g (52 %) of a yellow oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 373 (M+H).
    • Step 2 :
  • The compound from step 1 (0.968 g; 2.6 mmol) and ethyl 4-oxohexanoate (0.726 g; 3.9 mmol) were mixed in DMF (10 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere and chlorotrimethylsilane (1.33 mL; 10.4 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred in a sealed tube and heated to 100°C for 24 h. After cooling, the mixture was poured in water and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel column using a gradient of methanol (1 - 20 %) in dichloromethane furnished 0.582 g (53%) of a brown oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 423 (M+H).
    • Step 3 :
  • To a suspension of product from step 2 (0.582 g; 1.38 mmol) in a mixture methanol-ethanol (2:1) (42 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 5% (33 mL; 41.32 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at 90°C for 5 h. The organic volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining basic solution was washed with a solution of hydrochloric acid 1N until pH 2. The beige precipitate was filtered and dried under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative HPLC (HPLC method 3) furnished 0.073 g (13 %) of a mixture of [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,6-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate ammonium salt and [2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-9-thia-1,8-diaza-fluoren-3-yl]pentanoate
    ammonium salt as a yellow solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 395 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 265 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(phenyloxy)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate
  • Phenol (11,93 mg, 0,127 mmol) was placed in a 2 ml biotage tube, dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (300 µl) and sodium hydride (60%, 5,07 mg, 0,127 mmol) was added. The tube was purged with nitrogen and sealed. After 10 min. a solution of Methyl 2-[4-iodo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (50mg, 0,106 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (300 µl) was added dropwise and the mixture was heated in a sand bath at 100 °C overnight. After cooling, the mixture was partitioned between water and dichloromethane, filtered over a phase separator filter (1PS) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-40%) in heptane to provide 18 mg (39 %) of the title compound as an oil.
    ESI/APCI(+): 440 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 266 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(phenyloxy)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(phenyloxy)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate 18 mg, 0,041 mmol) in methanol (0,5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide 10 N (50 µl, 0,500 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 65°C for 18 h. After cooling, the organic volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the aqueous phase was then acidified with a solution of hydrochloric acid 2N until a precipitate was formed. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to afford 0.006 g (34 %) of the title compound as a white solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 425 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 267 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methyl-4-(phenylamino)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid
  • Aniline (1eq) is placed in a 2 ml biotage tube, and is dissolved in dry DMF (300 µl) and sodium hydride (1eq) is added. The tube is purged with nitrogen, sealed and is heated at 120°C for 10 min. After cooling, a solution of methyl 2-[4-iodo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate (50mg, 0,106 mmol) in dry DMF (300 µl) is added dropwise and the reaction mixture is heated at 120°C overnight. After cooling, the mixture is partitioned between water and dichloromethane, filtered over a phase separator filter (1PS) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-100%) in heptane to provide the desired methyl ester compound which is immediately hydrolyzed into the 2-[2-methyl-4-(phenylamino)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid following standard hydrolysis conditions known to the skilled in the art.
  • It is known to the skilled in the art that many different nucleophiles (e.g. primary amines, secondary amines, alcohols, thiols) may be coupled to carbon atom by displacing a leaving group (LG). Some procedures are set forth in the examples here above or are published in the literature. More detailed information can be found in the following references : Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 15, (2007), 7809-7829; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 16, (2008), 7671-7690; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 16, (2008), 5890-5898; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 18, (2008), 2850-2853; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 18, (2008), 4237-4241; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 18, (2008), 3603-3606; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 19, (2009), 701-705.
    • EXAMPLE 268 - PREPARATION OF [2-hydroxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid
  • To a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (0.269 g; 2.4 mmol) in dry tert-butanol (10 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere at 50°C were added (2-amino-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(p-tolyl)methanone (0.542 g; 2 mmol) and diethyl succinate (0.464 mL; 2.8 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h and then cooled down to room temperature. Water (8 ml) was added and then the reaction mixture was acidified with a solution of hydrochloric acid 1N until pH 1. The aqueous layer was extracted with diisopropylether (3 x 10 ml) and ethyl acetate (3 x10 mL). The organics were combined and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The remaining crude was crystallized from acetic acid to furnish 0.101 g (14%) of the title compound.
    ESI/APCI(+): 354 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 269 - PREPARATION OF [2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid
  • To a solution of [2-hydroxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid (1 mmol) in dry methanol (10 mL) was carefully added thionyl chloride (0.725 mL; 1.19 mmol) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 48 h. After cooling, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of methanol (0 - 20 %) in ethyl acetate furnished 0.352 g (95%) of the title compound as a beige solid.
    ESI/APCI(+): 368 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 270 - PREPARATION OF Methyl [2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate
  • The compound is prepared from the [2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetic acid following standard esterification procedures known to the skilled in the art. As an example, the transformation is achieved using a catalytic amount of sulphuric acid in methanol.
    • EXAMPLE 271 - PREPARATION OF Methyl 2-[2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate
  • The compound is prepared from the methyl [2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]acetate and 1-iodopropane as described in the general method C.
    • EXAMPLE 272 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • The compound is prepared from the methyl 2-[2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate by standard basic hydrolysis conditions as described in the different examples here above.
    • EXAMPLE 273 - PREPARATION OF 2-[2-hydroxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid
  • The compound is prepared from the methyl 2-[2-methoxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate following procedures known to the skilled in the art. As an example, the transformation is achieved using reagents such as trimethylsilyl chloride or iodide (Tetrahedron 2010, 66(1), 102-110; Tetrahedron Letters 2001, 42(32), 5359-5361), lithium iodide ( WO 2008070908 ) or boron tribromide ( WO 2009035575 ).
    • PART B METHODOLOGY FOR DETERMINATION OF ANTIVIRAL AND CYTOSTATIC ACTIVITY EXAMPLE 274 : EVALUATION OF THE ANTI-HIV ACTIVITY OF THE COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
  • A rapid and automated assay procedure was used for the in vitro evaluation of anti-HIV agents. An HTLV-1 transformed T4-cell line MT-4, which was previously shown to be highly susceptible to and permissive for HIV infection, served as the target cell line. Inhibition of the HIV-induced cytopathogenic effect was used as the end point. The viabitlity of both HIV-and mock-infected cells was assessed spectrophotometrically via in situ reduction of 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (MTT). The 50 % cytotoxic concentration (CC50 in µM or µg/ml) was defined as the concentration of compound that reduced the absorbance of the mock-infected control sample by 50%. The percent protection achieved by the compound in HIV-infected cells was calculated by the following formula: OD T HIV − OD C HIV OD C MOCK − OD C HIV expressed in %
    Figure imgb0244
     whereby (ODT)HIV is the optical density measured with a given concentration of the test compound in HIV-infected cells; (ODC)HIV is the optical density measured for the control untreated HIV-infected cells; (ODC)MOCK is the optical density measured for the control untreated mock-infected cells; all optical density values were determined at 540 nm. The dose achieving 50% protection according to the above formula was defined as the 50% inhibitory concentration (EC50 in µM or µg/ml). The ratio of CC50 to EC50 was defined as the selectivity index (SI). Examples of EC50, CC50 and SI values for inhibition of proliferation of HIV by particular compounds of the invention are listed in table 2 herein below.
  • Examples of inhibition of cell proliferation by particular compounds of the invention can be found by looking at the respective CC50 values in the MT-4 cell line.
  • Cells: MT-4 cells (Miyoshi et al., 1982) were grown and maintained in RPMI 1640 medium supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum, 2 mM I-glutamine, 0.1% sodium bicarbonate, and 20µg of gentamicin per ml. Alternatively, the MT-4 cells may also be grown in RPMI 1640 medium supplemented with 10% FCS and 20µg/ml of gentamicin (RPMI-complete).
  • Viruses: The HIV-1 (IIIB) strain (Popovic et al., 1984) as well as the the HIV-1 (NL4.3) strain (Adachi et al., J. Virol. 59, 284-291 (1986)) were used.
    • References:
    • Popovic, M, Sarngadharan, M.G., Read, E., Gallo, R.C. (1984), Science, 224, 497-500
    • Barr-Sinoussi, F., Chermann, J.C., Rey, F., Nugeyre, M.T., Chamaret, S., Gruest, J., Dauguet, C., Axler-Blin, C., V,zinet-Brun, F., Rouzioux, C., Rozenbaum, W., Montagnier, L. (1983) Isolation of a T-lymphotropic retrovirus from patient at risk for AIDS, Science (Wash DC) 220, 868-871.Miyoshi, I., Taguchi, H., Kobonishi, I., Yoshimoto, S., Ohtsuki, Y., Shiraishi, Y. andAkagi,T. (1982) Type C virus-producing cell lines derived from adult T cell leukemia, Gann mongr, 28, 219-228.
    EXAMPLE 275 : ALPHASCREEN ASSAY TO MEASURE THE LEDGF-INTEGRASE INTERACTION INHIBITORY ACTIVITY OF COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
  • The AlphaScreen assay was performed according to the manufacturer's protocol (Perkin Elmer, Benelux). Reactions were performed in 25 µl final volume in 384-well Optiwell™ microtiter plates (Perkin Elmer). The reaction buffer contained 25 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM MgCl2, 0.01% (v/v) Tween-20 and 0.1% (w/v) bovine serum albumin. His6-tagged integrase (300nM final concentration) was incubated with the compounds for 30 min at 4°C. The compounds were added at varying concentrations spanning a wide range from 0.1 up to 100 µM. Afterwards 100 nM flag-LEDGF/p75 was added and incubation was prolonged for an additional hour at 4°C. Subsequently 5 µl of Ni-chelate -coated acceptor beads and 5 µl anti-flag donor beads were added to a final concentration of 20 µg/ml of both beads. Proteins and beads were incubated for 1 h at 30°C in order to allow association to occur. Exposure of the reaction to direct light was omitted as much as possible and the emission of light from the acceptor beads was measured in the EnVision plate reader (Perkin Elmer, Benelux) and analyzed using the EnVision manager software. IN/DNA binding was analyzed in a similar setting using His6-tagged integrase (1 µM final concentration) and an oligodeoxynucleotide mimicking the IN ELISA oligonucleotide substrate (30 nM final concentration). Counterscreens with JPO2 or PogZ, respectively, were essentially performed as described previously.
  • Expression and purification of recombinant proteins: His6-tagged HIV-1 integrase, 3xflag-tagged LEDGF/p75, MBP-JPO2 and MBP-PogZ were purified for AlphaScreen applications as described previously 23 ,25,56.
    • References:
    • Bartholomeeusen, K., et al. Differential interaction of HIV-1 integrase and JPO2 with the C terminus of LEDGF/p75. J. Mol. Biol. 372, 407-421 (2007).
    • Bartholomeeusen, K., et al. Lens Epithelium Derived Growth Factor/p75 interacts with the transposase derived DDE domain of pogZ. J. Biol. Chem. (2009).
    • Busschots, K., et al. The interaction of LEDGF/p75 with integrase is lentivirus-specific and promotes DNA binding. J. Biol. Chem. 280, 17841-17847 (2005).
    Table 2: Activity of the compounds according to the methods of exmples 260 and 261.
    Cpd code Alphascreen IC50 (µM) EC50 (µM) CC50 (µM) SI
    100 6.61 1.69 121.15 72
    101 55.28 64.1 >125 >2
    105 64.34 >62.67 62.67 /
    106 53.94 96.4 >125 >1
    107 34.74 13.16 75.69 8
    108 4.48 2.19 57.87 27
    109 6.81 2.22 57.94 26
    110 4.31 0.76 72.16 95
    111 ND 1.28 54.39 43
    112 1.11 0.803 67.69 84
    113 0.75 0.44 80.6 183
    114 <1 0.58 125.5 217
    115 17.6 5.03 131 26
    116 0.62 1.21 14.73 12
    117 0.78 0.53 54.29 107
    118 23.38 >50.2 50.2 /
    119 2.66 31.57 108.75 4
    120 2.72 1.51 101.32 67
    122 3.2 5.3 79.8 15
    124 41.03 >116.85 116.85 /
    125 77.01 66.5 >125 >2
    126 56.28 >30.14 30.14 /
    127 2.85 0.79 82.94 105
    128 11.34 4.07 121.17 30
    129 48 >130 130 /
    130 30.57 29.6 130 4
    131 4.54 2.43 127 52
    132 44.65 >131 131 /
    133 7.8 17.97 165 8
    134 84.11 >114 114 /
    135 55.78 42.39 109 3
    136 4.34 1.02 86.35 85
    137 51.93 >111 111 /
    138 39.93 43.34 100 2
    139 9.24 5.32 55.05 10
    140 18.06 28.2 100 4
    141 23.69 14.8 55.5 4
    142 7.43 4.58 92.2 20
    143 49.22 >66 66 /
    144 6.64 20 63 3
    145 29.6 123 >125 >1
    146 4.76 2.98 124 42
    147 23.71 8.79 41.5 5
    148 2.19 0.53 70 132
    149 74.35 >67 67 /
    150 1.37 0.78 38.5 49
    151 21.47 8 48 6
    153 43.65 17 >125 >8
    154 8.12 6.28 90.5 14
    155 81.89 >22 22 /
    156 59.62 >98 98 /
    157 26.4 >35 35 /
    158 13.46 5.48 58.5 11
    159 13.31 7.54 99.5 13
    160 17.74 14.38 74 5
    161 0.0554 0.147 157 1061
    162 1.57 0.33 71.66 217
    163 4.5 >23 23 /
    165 <1 0.867 89 102
    166 3 >131 131 /
    167 63.7 >26.1 26.1 /
    170 0.05 0.0263 116.5 4429
    171 1.21 0.1115 130 1166
    173 5.9 4.51 225 50
    175 <1 8.89 79.2 9
    177 11.74 1.17 >212 >181
    181 8.06 2.89 81 28
    182 ∼80 >27.3 27.3 /
    184 3.44 0.157 237 1513
    186 0.43 0.038 110 2900
    188 13.67 25.6 105 4
    190 0.37 0.015 129 8401
  • The invention has been described in detail sufficient to allow one of ordinary skill in the art to make and use the subject matter of the following Embodiments. Many modifications are possible in the embodiments without departing from the teachings thereof.

Claims (19)

  1. A compound according to formula (B2),
    Figure imgb0245
     wherein,
    - each dotted line represents an optional double bond whereby maximally two non-adjacent dotted lines can form a double bond;
    - m is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4;
    - R1 is selected from aryl or heteroaryl, wherein said aryl or heteroaryl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z1;
    - one of R2a and R2b is hydrogen and the other one is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6alkyl and C1-C6alkoxy;
    - R3 is selected from -COOH, -COOalkyl, -CN, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NH(CN), - P(O)OH2,
    Figure imgb0246
    - R4 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, or aryl, wherein said alkyl and aryl can be unsubstituted or substituted with Z1;
    - each Z1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ2; -SZ2; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; trifluoromethyl; nitro; - NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
    * wherein in the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl, one or more -CH3, -CH2-, -CH= and/or ≡CH is optionally replaced by one or more -NH2, -NH-, -O-, -S-, -N= and/or ≡N, respectively;
    * and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z11;
    * and wherein optionally a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl, or heterocycle-alkynyl can be oxidized to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; or
    - two Z1 on the same carbon atom can be taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered spiro-cycloalkyl, spiro-cycloalkenyl, spiro-cycloalkynyl, or a saturated or unsaturated spiro-heterocycle together with the (4, 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered unsaturated) ring they are attached to; or
    - two Z1 on adjacent atoms can be taken together to form a 5, 6 or 7-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl or heterocycle fused to the (4, 5, 6, 7, or 8-membered unsaturated) ring they are attached to;
    - each Z11 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ12; -SZ12; -S(O)Z13; -S(O)2Z13; -SO2NZ14Z15; trifluoromethyl; nitro; -NZ14Z15; -NZ12S(O)2Z13; cyano; -COOZ12; - C(O)NZ14Z15; -C(O)Z13; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
    - each Z2 and Z12 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein in said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, one or more -CH3, -CH2-, -CH= and/or ≡CH is optionally replaced by one or more -NH2, -NH-, -O-, -S-, -N= and/or ≡N, respectively; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be oxidized to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    - each Z3 and Z13 is independently selected from hydroxyl; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein in said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, one or more -CH3, -CH2-, -CH= and/or ≡CH is optionally replaced by one or more -NH2, -NH-, -O-, -S-, -N= and/or ≡N, respectively; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -Oalkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be oxidized to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2;
    - each Z4, Z5, Z14 and Z15 is independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl; and wherein in said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, one or more -CH3, -CH2-, - CH= and/or ≡CH is optionally replaced by one or more -NH2, -NH-, -O-, -S-, -N= and/or ≡N, respectively; and wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or NH2; and wherein optionally a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be oxidized to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; and wherein Z4 and Z5, and Z14 and Z15 respectively can be taken together in order to form a (5-, 6-, or 7-membered) heterocycle which can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, - O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or -NH2;
    and stereo-isomers, tautomers or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  2. The compound according to claim 1,
    wherein,
    - each Z1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halogen; -OZ2; -SZ2; -S(O)Z3; -S(O)2Z3; -SO2NZ4Z5; trifluoromethyl; nitro; - NZ4Z5; -NZ2S(O)2Z3 cyano; -COOZ2; -C(O)NZ4Z5; -C(O)Z3; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; heterocycle; arylalkyl; arylalkenyl; arylalkynyl; heterocycle-alkyl; heterocycle-alkenyl; heterocycle-alkynyl;
    * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl, optionally includes one or more heteroatoms, said heteroatoms being selected from the atoms O, S and N;
    * wherein said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, hydroxyl, halogen, -SH, trifluoromethyl, -O-alkyl, -OCF3, cyano, nitro, -COOH or -NH2;
    * and wherein optionally a carbon atom or heteroatom of said alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocycle, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heterocycle-alkyl, heterocycle-alkenyl or heterocycle-alkynyl can be oxidized to form a C=O, C=S, N=O, N=S, S=O or S(O)2; or
    - two Z1 on the same carbon atom can be taken together to form a spiro-carbocycle or a saturated or unsaturated spiro-heterocycle together with the 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered unsaturated ring they are attached to; or
    - two Z1 on adjacent atoms can be taken together to form a fused ring system together with the 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8-membered unsaturated ring they are attached to.
  3. The compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R3 is -COOH.
  4. The compounds according to any of claims 1 to 3 selected from the list of:
    Figure imgb0247
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolylbenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-methylpentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yllpentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2[2-methyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(m-anisyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-methyl-1-propyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzofuran-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methylbutan oate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methylpentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4,4-dimethylpentanoate;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - (2S)-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - (2R)-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolylbenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-methylpentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(m-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(m-anisyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-methyl-1-propyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(benzofuran-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-3-methylbutanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]- 3-methylpentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-methyl-4-(2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoate ammonium salt;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4,4-dimethylpentanoic acid;
    - N-cyano-2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanamide;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanam ide;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-ethoxyacetate;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-ethoxyacetic acid;
    - Methyl 2-[2-Methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-5 6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    - 2-[2-Methyl-4-p-tolyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanenitrile;
    - 2-Methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-3-[1-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)butyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridine;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    - 2-[2-methyl-4-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    - 2-[2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid;
    - 5-[1-(2-ethyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)butyl]thiazolidine-2,4-dione;
    - Ethyl (4-iodo-2-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)carboxylate;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    - 2-[2-methyl-4-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    - 2-[2-methyl-4-(benzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolin-7-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    - 2-[2-methyl-4-(2,3-dihydropyrano[4,3,2-de]quinolin-7-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    - Methyl 2-[2-methyl-4-(8-fluoro-5-methylchroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    - 2-[2-methyl-4-(8-fluoro-5-methylchroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    - Methyl 2[2-methyl-4-(5-chlorochroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetate;
    - 2-[2-methyl-4-(5-chlorochroman-6-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-2-tert-butoxyacetic acid;
    - 1-(2-methyl-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)butylphosphonic acid; and 2-[2-hydroxy-4-(p-tolyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro[1]benzothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]pentanoic acid.
  5. The compounds according to any of claims 1 to 4 for use as a medicine.
  6. The compounds for use according to claim 5, for the prevention or treatment of a viral infection in an animal.
  7. The compounds for use according to claim 6, wherein said viral infection is an infection with HIV.
  8. The compounds for use according to claims 6 or 7, wherein the animal is a mammal or a human.
  9. The use of compounds according to claims 1 to 4 for the manufacture of a medicament.
  10. The use according to claim 9, wherein the medicament is for the prevention or treatment of a viral infection in an animal.
  11. The use according to claim 10, wherein the viral infection is an infection with HIV.
  12. The use according to claim 10, wherein the animal is a mammal or a human.
  13. A method for the preparation of the compounds according to any of claims 1 to 4 comprising the steps of:
    - reacting a beta-ketonitile of formula R1-C(O)CH2CN with a compound of formula R6C(O)CH2R5 in the presence of sulfur and a strong base in a polar protic solvent or in a polar aprotic solvent at a temperature between 60°C to 100°C;
    - reacting the obtained 2-aminothiophene reaction product of the previous step with a compound of formula R4C(O)CH2CH2R3 in the presence of trimethyl chlorosilane in a polar aprotic solvent at a temperature between 50°C and 200°C;
    - optionally, reacting the compound obtained in the previous step with a compound having a structure of the formula R2a-leaving group and/or R2b-leaving group through a nucleophilic substitution.
  14. A method for the preparation of the compounds according to any of claims 1 to 4 comprising the steps of:
    - reacting a cyanoacetate derivative of formula ROC(O)CH2CN with a compound of formula R6C(O)CH2R5 in the presence of sulfur and a strong base in a polar protic solvent or in a polar aprotic solvent at a temperature between 20°C to 100°C;
    - reacting the previously obtained 2-amino-4,5-disubstituted-thiophene-3-carboxylate derivative with a compound of formula R4C(=CHCOOZ2)OZ2 in an apolar aprotic solvent at a temperature between 80°C and 140°C to obtain an enamine intermediate which undergoes an intramolecular ring cyclization in the presence of a strong base in a polar protic solvent to provide a 5,6-substituted-4-hydroxythieno[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carboxylate derivative;
    - the 4-hydroxyl function can then be converted to an halogen with standard procedures know to the skilled in the art;
    - the ester function can then be reduced to a primary alcohol which is immediately oxidized into an aldehyde following standard procedures known to the skilled in the art;
    - the 5,6-substituted-4-halogenothieno[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde derivative is then converted into a 2-(5,6-substituted-4-halogenothieno[2,3-b]pyridin-5-y1)-2-hydroxyacetate derivative using an addition of trimethylsilylcyanide in the presence of zinc iodide followed by hydrolysis in acidic conditions;
    - the R2a and or R2b residues can then be introduced following procedures known to the skilled in the art;
    - substituting the 4-halogen atom from the previously obtained compound in a specific manner (amination, alkylation, arylation) with suitable chemical reagents to obtain the desired compounds;
    - hydrolyzing the ester compounds obtained in the previous step to obtain the desired free carboxylic acid derivatives.
  15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compounds according to any of claims 1 to 4 as an active ingredient in admixture with at least a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  16. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 15, for use in the treatment of viral infection.
  17. The pharmaceutical composistion for use according to claim 16, wherein said viral infection is an HIV infection.
  18. The pharmaceutical composition according to claims 15 to 17, further comprising a compound with antiviral activity selected from reverse transcriptase inhibitors, protease inhibitors, integrase inhibitors, entry inhibitors and compounds with other mechanisms of action.
  19. Use in vitro of compounds according to any of claims 1 to 4 as chemical tools in virology or biochemistry.
EP10721773.9A 2009-05-15 2010-05-17 Thieno[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives as viral replication inhibitors Not-in-force EP2430029B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB0908394.0A GB0908394D0 (en) 2009-05-15 2009-05-15 Novel viral replication inhibitors
US34380310P 2010-05-03 2010-05-03
PCT/EP2010/056754 WO2010130842A1 (en) 2009-05-15 2010-05-17 Thieno [2, 3-b] pyridine derivatives as viral replication inhibitors

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP2430029A1 EP2430029A1 (en) 2012-03-21
EP2430029B1 true EP2430029B1 (en) 2018-01-10

Family

ID=40834066

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP10721773.9A Not-in-force EP2430029B1 (en) 2009-05-15 2010-05-17 Thieno[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives as viral replication inhibitors

Country Status (29)

Country Link
US (2) US8785638B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2430029B1 (en)
JP (2) JP2012526778A (en)
KR (2) KR20120035162A (en)
CN (2) CN102459280B (en)
AP (1) AP2939A (en)
BR (1) BRPI1010833A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2759500A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2011002878A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6460769A2 (en)
CR (1) CR20110601A (en)
CU (1) CU24117B1 (en)
DO (1) DOP2011000343A (en)
EA (1) EA201171376A1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP11011456A (en)
GB (1) GB0908394D0 (en)
GE (1) GEP20146115B (en)
IL (1) IL216357A0 (en)
MA (1) MA33274B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2011012146A (en)
MY (1) MY161085A (en)
NI (1) NI201100194A (en)
NZ (1) NZ596392A (en)
PE (1) PE20120779A1 (en)
SG (1) SG175255A1 (en)
TN (1) TN2012000074A1 (en)
UA (1) UA104021C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2010130842A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201107618B (en)

Families Citing this family (67)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0908394D0 (en) 2009-05-15 2009-06-24 Univ Leuven Kath Novel viral replication inhibitors
US8338441B2 (en) 2009-05-15 2012-12-25 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
GB0913636D0 (en) 2009-08-05 2009-09-16 Univ Leuven Kath Novel viral replication inhibitors
JP5984218B2 (en) 2010-07-02 2016-09-06 ギリアード サイエンシーズ， インコーポレイテッド Naphtho-2-ylacetic acid derivatives for treating AIDS
WO2012003498A1 (en) 2010-07-02 2012-01-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 2 -quinolinyl- acetic acid derivatives as hiv antiviral compounds
WO2012065963A2 (en) * 2010-11-15 2012-05-24 Katholieke Universiteit Leuven Novel antiviral compounds
BR112013011991A2 (en) * 2010-11-15 2016-08-30 Viiv Healthcare Uk Ltd compound, pharmaceutical composition, use of a compound, treatment method, product, and kit.
EP2508511A1 (en) 2011-04-07 2012-10-10 Laboratoire Biodim Inhibitors of viral replication, their process of preparation and their therapeutical uses
EP2511273B8 (en) 2011-04-15 2019-06-26 Hivih Inhibitors of viral replication, their process of preparation and their therapeutical uses
KR20140027295A (en) 2011-04-21 2014-03-06 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Benzothiazole compounds and their pharmaceutical use
US8791108B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2014-07-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
JP6099149B2 (en) 2011-10-25 2017-03-22 塩野義製薬株式会社 HIV replication inhibitor
PT2781519T (en) 2011-11-15 2019-12-17 St Pharm Co Ltd Novel antiviral pyrrolopyridine derivative and a production method for same
US9284323B2 (en) 2012-01-04 2016-03-15 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Naphthalene acetic acid derivatives against HIV infection
WO2013103724A1 (en) 2012-01-04 2013-07-11 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 2- (tert - butoxy) -2- (7 -methylquinolin- 6 - yl) acetic acid derivatives for treating aids
US9006235B2 (en) 2012-03-06 2015-04-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
KR101390616B1 (en) 2012-03-28 2014-04-29 주식회사 두산 Novel compounds and organic electro luminescence device using the same
PE20141558A1 (en) * 2012-04-20 2014-11-06 Gilead Sciences Inc DERIVATIVES OF BENZOTHIAZOLE-6-IL ACETIC ACID AND THEIR USE TO TREAT HIV INFECTION
CA2876370A1 (en) * 2012-07-12 2014-01-16 Viiv Healthcare Uk Limited Compounds and methods for treating hiv
US8906929B2 (en) 2012-08-16 2014-12-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
EP2716639A1 (en) 2012-10-05 2014-04-09 Laboratoire Biodim Inhibitors of viral replication, their process of preparation and their therapeutical uses
EP2716632A1 (en) 2012-10-05 2014-04-09 Laboratoire Biodim Inhibitors of viral replication, their process of preparation and their therapeutical uses
EP2719685A1 (en) 2012-10-11 2014-04-16 Laboratoire Biodim Inhibitors of viral replication, their process of preparation and their therapeutical uses
TW201441197A (en) 2013-01-31 2014-11-01 Shionogi & Co HIV replication inhibitor
JP2016512507A (en) 2013-03-13 2016-04-28 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーＢｒｉｓｔｏｌ−Ｍｙｅｒｓ Ｓｑｕｉｂｂ Ｃｏｍｐａｎｙ Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2014164428A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-10-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2014164467A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-10-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
CN105189503B (en) 2013-03-14 2017-03-22 百时美施贵宝公司 Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2014159076A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-10-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
US9908893B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2018-03-06 Latvian Institute Of Organic Synthesis Thieno [2,3-b] pyridines as multidrug resistance modulators
EP2821082A1 (en) 2013-07-05 2015-01-07 Laboratoire Biodim Method of producing an inactivated lentivirus, especially HIV, vaccine, kit and method of use
EP2821104A1 (en) 2013-07-05 2015-01-07 Laboratoire Biodim Inhibitors of viral replication, their process of preparation and their therapeutical uses
ITRE20130056A1 (en) * 2013-07-29 2015-01-30 Roberto Quadrini METHOD AND DEVICE FOR THE BALANCE OF ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION
ES2654242T3 (en) 2014-02-12 2018-02-12 Viiv Healthcare (No.5) Limited Benzotiazole macrocycles as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
US9409922B2 (en) 2014-02-18 2016-08-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Imidazopyridine macrocycles as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2015126758A1 (en) 2014-02-18 2015-08-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Imidazopyrimidine macrocycles as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
EP3152215A1 (en) 2014-02-18 2017-04-12 ViiV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Pyrazolopyrimidine macrocycles as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
ES2687322T3 (en) 2014-02-19 2018-10-24 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Human immunodeficiency virus replication inhibitors
US9273067B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-03-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyrazolopyrimidine macrocycles as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
ES2670010T3 (en) 2014-02-20 2018-05-29 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid macrocycles as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
US9193720B2 (en) 2014-02-20 2015-11-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2015174511A1 (en) 2014-05-16 2015-11-19 塩野義製薬株式会社 Tricyclic heterocyclic derivative having hiv replication-inhibiting effect
PL3166925T3 (en) 2014-07-08 2018-08-31 Viiv Healthcare Uk Limited Isoindoline derivatives for use in the treatment of a viral infection
WO2016194806A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2016-12-08 塩野義製薬株式会社 Nitrogen-containing tricyclic derivative having hiv replication inhibitory activity
KR20180025928A (en) 2015-07-06 2018-03-09 비브 헬스케어 유케이 (넘버5) 리미티드 As an inhibitor of human immunodeficiency virus replication, pyridin-3-ylacetic acid derivatives
RU2018102554A (en) 2015-07-08 2019-08-08 ВАЙВ ХЕЛТКЕР ЮКей (N5) ЛИМИТЕД Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
EP3319954A1 (en) 2015-07-09 2018-05-16 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
EP3319953A1 (en) 2015-07-09 2018-05-16 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
KR20180035910A (en) 2015-08-07 2018-04-06 비브 헬스케어 유케이 (넘버5) 리미티드 As an inhibitor of human immunodeficiency virus replication, pyridin-3-ylacetic acid derivatives
EP3334741A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2018-06-20 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Imidazopyridine macrocycles as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
TWI657086B (en) 2015-08-11 2019-04-21 英商Viiv醫療保健英國(No.5)有限公司 5-(n-benzyl tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl) pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2017025914A1 (en) 2015-08-12 2017-02-16 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited 5-(n-fused tricyclic aryl tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl) pyridin-3- yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
TW201718537A (en) 2015-08-12 2017-06-01 Ｖｉｉｖ醫療保健英國（Ｎｏ．５）有限公司 Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
PT3334723T (en) 2015-08-12 2019-12-19 Viiv Healthcare Uk No 5 Ltd 5-(n-[6,5]-fused bicyclic aryl tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl) pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
JP2018523695A (en) 2015-08-20 2018-08-23 ヴィーブ ヘルスケア ユーケー（ナンバー５）リミテッド Pyridin-3-ylacetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
US20180334453A1 (en) 2015-12-04 2018-11-22 Viiv Healthcare Uk Limited Isoindoline derivatives
JP2019515000A (en) 2016-05-11 2019-06-06 ヴィーブ ヘルスケア ユーケー（ナンバー５）リミテッド Pyridin-3-ylacetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2017195113A1 (en) 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
US20190152957A1 (en) 2016-05-11 2019-05-23 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
EP3565810A1 (en) 2017-01-03 2019-11-13 ViiV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
UY37555A (en) 2017-01-03 2018-08-31 Viiv Healthcare Uk No 5 Ltd PIRIDIN-3-IL-ACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS REPLICATION
WO2019244066A2 (en) 2018-06-19 2019-12-26 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2020003093A1 (en) 2018-06-25 2020-01-02 VIIV Healthcare UK (No.5) Limited Pyridin-3-yl acetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
EP3894402B1 (en) * 2018-12-14 2023-07-05 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG N-containing chromen-4-one derivatives for the treatment and prophylaxis of hepatitis b virus infection
BR112023026392A2 (en) * 2021-06-15 2024-03-05 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOUND
CN113603655B (en) * 2021-07-14 2022-12-16 上海应用技术大学 Preparation method of 4-hydroxy-2-methyl-3- (benzenesulfonyl) thiazolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester compound
CN113461632B (en) * 2021-07-15 2022-12-16 上海应用技术大学 Preparation method of methyl 3- ((4-fluorophenyl) sulfonyl) -4-hydroxy-2-methylthiazolidine-2-carboxylate

Family Cites Families (54)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1121922A (en) 1966-06-17 1968-07-31 Ici Ltd Pyrimidine derivatives
US4698340A (en) 1984-07-19 1987-10-06 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrimidine derivatives, processes for preparation thereof and composition containing the same
DE3609596A1 (en) 1986-03-21 1987-10-01 Hoechst Ag 2-AZOLYLMETHYL-2-ARYL-1,3-DIOXOLANE AND THE SALTS THEREOF, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, MEANS CONTAINING IT AND THEIR USE
EP0591528B1 (en) 1991-04-22 1998-12-23 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Factory, Inc. PYRAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVE AND ANTI-INFLAMMATORY CONTAINING THE SAME
FR2676734B1 (en) 1991-05-23 1995-05-19 Roussel Uclaf NEW PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS, THE NEW INTERMEDIATES OBTAINED, THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
US5336677A (en) 1991-10-24 1994-08-09 American Home Products Corporation Substituted aminopyrimidines as antihypertensives
JP3811196B2 (en) * 1993-08-26 2006-08-16 武田薬品工業株式会社 Endothelin antagonist, thienopyrimidine derivative and process for producing the same
DE4425143A1 (en) 1994-07-15 1996-01-18 Basf Ag Substituted pyrimidine compounds and their use
IL117659A (en) 1995-04-13 2000-12-06 Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co Substituted 2-phenyl pyrimidino amino acetamide derivative process for preparing the same and a pharmaceutical composition containing same
EP0795555A4 (en) 1995-09-28 1998-01-07 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd Analgesics
DE19600934A1 (en) 1996-01-12 1997-07-17 Basf Ag Substituted aza and diazacycloheptane and cyclooctane compounds and their use
ID18046A (en) 1996-08-20 1998-02-19 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd COMPOUND, MIXED CYCLE, MANUFACTURE AND USE OF IT.
US6432947B1 (en) 1997-02-19 2002-08-13 Berlex Laboratories, Inc. N-heterocyclic derivatives as NOS inhibitors
IN188411B (en) 1997-03-27 2002-09-21 Yuhan Corp
US6194410B1 (en) 1998-03-11 2001-02-27 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine and pyrazolines and process for preparation thereof
SE9900211D0 (en) 1999-01-25 1999-01-25 Pharmacia & Upjohn Ab New compounds
AU2001264313A1 (en) 2000-06-20 2002-01-02 Japan Tobacco Inc. Pyrazolopyridine compounds and use thereof as drugs
EP2033952B1 (en) 2001-03-01 2012-08-29 Shionogi&Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing Heteroaryl compounds having HIV Integrase Inhibitory Activity
JP2005500294A (en) 2001-06-19 2005-01-06 ブリストル−マイヤーズ　スクイブ　カンパニー Pyrimidine inhibitors for phosphodiesterase 7
BR0309475A (en) 2002-04-23 2005-03-01 Shionogi & Co Pyrazolo [1,5-a] pyrimidine derivatives and nad (p) h oxidase inhibitors containing them
US6759533B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-07-06 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process and intermediates for making non-nucleoside HIV-1 reverse transcriptase inhibitors
SE0202838D0 (en) 2002-09-24 2002-09-24 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
PA8586801A1 (en) 2002-10-31 2005-02-04 Pfizer HIV-INTEGRESS INHIBITORS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR USE
US7550470B2 (en) 2002-12-11 2009-06-23 Merck & Co. Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyrimidines as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US7176210B2 (en) 2003-02-10 2007-02-13 Pfizer Inc. Cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof
DE60303238T2 (en) 2003-04-25 2006-09-14 Actimis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., La Jolla Pyrimidine-acetic acid derivatives suitable for the treatment of CRTH2-related diseases
US20050043327A1 (en) 2003-08-21 2005-02-24 Pfizer Inc Pharmaceutical composition for the prevention and treatment of addiction in a mammal
PE20050444A1 (en) 2003-10-31 2005-08-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical PYRIDINE COMPOUNDS AS PEPTIDASE INHIBITORS
DE10356579A1 (en) 2003-12-04 2005-07-07 Merck Patent Gmbh amine derivatives
WO2005076861A2 (en) * 2004-02-04 2005-08-25 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Compounds that inhibit hiv particle formation
NZ553329A (en) * 2004-07-22 2010-09-30 Ptc Therapeutics Inc Thienopyridines for treating hepatitis C
WO2006033796A1 (en) 2004-09-17 2006-03-30 Wyeth SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO [1,5-a] PYRIMIDINES AND PROCESS FOR MAKING SAME
PL1828199T3 (en) 2004-12-17 2009-10-30 Hoffmann La Roche Thieno-pyridine derivatives as gaba-b allosteric enhancers
EP1856126A2 (en) 2005-02-17 2007-11-21 Wyeth a Corporation of the State of Delaware Cycloalkylfused indole, benzothiophene, benzofuran and indene derivatives
DE102005024245A1 (en) * 2005-05-27 2006-11-30 Merck Patent Gmbh thienopyridines
WO2007062677A1 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-06-07 7Tm Pharma A/S Thiazolyl- and pyrimidinyl-acetic acids and their use as crth2 receptor ligands
EP2006288A4 (en) 2006-01-23 2010-03-10 Kumiai Chemical Industry Co Aminopyridine derivative and plant disease control agent for agricultural or horticultural use
US7939545B2 (en) 2006-05-16 2011-05-10 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
SG174016A1 (en) 2006-07-24 2011-09-29 Korea Res Inst Chem Tech Hiv reverse transcriptase inhibitors
WO2008058285A2 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Ardea Biosciences, Inc. 4-cyanophenylamino-substituted bicyclic heterocyclic compounds as hiv inhibitors
KR100811865B1 (en) 2006-12-08 2008-03-10 주식회사 레고켐 바이오사이언스 Pyrimidinone derivatives or pyridazinone derivatives for inhibition of factor viia activity
US7956068B2 (en) 2007-11-15 2011-06-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
JP5269086B2 (en) 2007-11-15 2013-08-21 ギリアード サイエンシス インコーポレーテッド Human immunodeficiency virus replication inhibitor
WO2009062308A1 (en) 2007-11-16 2009-05-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
WO2009062285A1 (en) 2007-11-16 2009-05-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication
DE102007061766A1 (en) 2007-12-20 2009-06-25 Bayer Healthcare Ag New 4-(4-cyano-2-thioaryl)-dihydro-pyrimidinone compounds are human neutrophil elastase inhibitor, useful for the treatment or prevention of e.g. pulmonary arterial hypertonia, acute lung injury and diseases of the cardiovascular system
EP2393492A1 (en) 2009-02-09 2011-12-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH New pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of respiratory and gastrointestinal disorders
GB0908394D0 (en) 2009-05-15 2009-06-24 Univ Leuven Kath Novel viral replication inhibitors
GB0913636D0 (en) 2009-08-05 2009-09-16 Univ Leuven Kath Novel viral replication inhibitors
PT2516008E (en) 2009-12-23 2014-07-16 Univ Leuven Kath Novel antiviral compounds
WO2011151370A1 (en) 2010-06-03 2011-12-08 Bayer Cropscience Ag N-[(het)arylalkyl)] pyrazole (thio)carboxamides and their heterosubstituted analogues
WO2012065963A2 (en) 2010-11-15 2012-05-24 Katholieke Universiteit Leuven Novel antiviral compounds
BR112013011991A2 (en) 2010-11-15 2016-08-30 Viiv Healthcare Uk Ltd compound, pharmaceutical composition, use of a compound, treatment method, product, and kit.
JP6117104B2 (en) 2010-11-15 2017-04-19 アッヴィ・インコーポレイテッド NAMPT and ROCK inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CO6460769A2 (en) 2012-06-15
NI201100194A (en) 2012-01-23
MX2011012146A (en) 2012-03-06
CR20110601A (en) 2012-04-30
AU2010247366A1 (en) 2011-11-10
IL216357A0 (en) 2012-01-31
NZ596392A (en) 2014-06-27
MY161085A (en) 2017-04-14
CU24117B1 (en) 2015-08-27
CN102459280B (en) 2015-10-14
AP2939A (en) 2014-07-31
US20120059028A1 (en) 2012-03-08
ECSP11011456A (en) 2012-01-31
JP2016040299A (en) 2016-03-24
AP2011005975A0 (en) 2011-12-31
GB0908394D0 (en) 2009-06-24
CL2011002878A1 (en) 2012-06-22
CN105367583A (en) 2016-03-02
BRPI1010833A2 (en) 2016-04-05
US20140296272A1 (en) 2014-10-02
GEP20146115B (en) 2014-07-10
JP2012526778A (en) 2012-11-01
KR20120035162A (en) 2012-04-13
EA201171376A1 (en) 2012-05-30
SG175255A1 (en) 2011-11-28
MA33274B1 (en) 2012-05-02
KR20140127905A (en) 2014-11-04
CA2759500A1 (en) 2010-11-18
UA104021C2 (en) 2013-12-25
ZA201107618B (en) 2012-12-27
US8785638B2 (en) 2014-07-22
WO2010130842A1 (en) 2010-11-18
DOP2011000343A (en) 2012-08-15
PE20120779A1 (en) 2012-06-20
TN2012000074A1 (en) 2013-09-19
US9499563B2 (en) 2016-11-22
CU20110208A7 (en) 2012-02-15
CN102459280A (en) 2012-05-16
EP2430029A1 (en) 2012-03-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2430029B1 (en) Thieno[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives as viral replication inhibitors
KR101483834B1 (en) Novel antiviral compounds
AU2010280695B2 (en) Novel viral replication inhibitors
US9132129B2 (en) Antiviral compounds
EP2760831B1 (en) Viral replication inhibitors
EP1664046B1 (en) Aza-quinolinol phosphonate integrase inhibitor compounds
EP2978753B1 (en) Novel viral replication inhibitors
EP2094702B1 (en) Viral inhibitors
AU2010247366B2 (en) Thieno [2, 3-b] pyridine derivatives as viral replication inhibitors
WO2008131502A2 (en) Antiviral compounds of the adamantane type
AU2014268231A1 (en) Novel viral replication inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20111116

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK SM TR

DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20130418

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: VOET, ARNOUT

Inventor name: CHRIST, FRAUKE

Inventor name: BARDIOT, DOROTHEE

Inventor name: DE MAEYER, MARC

Inventor name: MARCHAND, ARNAUD

Inventor name: DEBYSER, ZEGER

Inventor name: CHALTIN, PATRICK

Inventor name: MARCHAND, DAMIEN

INTG Intention to grant announced

Effective date: 20151015

GRAJ Information related to disapproval of communication of intention to grant by the applicant or resumption of examination proceedings by the epo deleted

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSDIGR1

INTC Intention to grant announced (deleted)
GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

INTG Intention to grant announced

Effective date: 20161028

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: GRANT OF PATENT IS INTENDED

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE PATENT HAS BEEN GRANTED

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK SM TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: REF

Ref document number: 962284

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20180115

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R096

Ref document number: 602010047935

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: MP

Effective date: 20180110

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: PLFP

Year of fee payment: 9

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: MK05

Ref document number: 962284

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20180110

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: HR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: NO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180410

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: LT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: CY

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: LV

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: IS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180510

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180411

Ref country code: BG

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180410

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R097

Ref document number: 602010047935

Country of ref document: DE

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: RO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: AL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: EE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SM

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20181011

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: MM4A

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CH

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20180531

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: LI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20180531

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20180517

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20180517

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20190327

Year of fee payment: 10

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20190510

Year of fee payment: 10

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Payment date: 20190528

Year of fee payment: 10

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20180517

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: TR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20180110

Ref country code: HU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT; INVALID AB INITIO

Effective date: 20100517

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20180110

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20200527

Year of fee payment: 11

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R119

Ref document number: 602010047935

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: BE

Ref legal event code: MM

Effective date: 20200531

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200531

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200531

Ref country code: DE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20201201

GBPC Gb: european patent ceased through non-payment of renewal fee

Effective date: 20210517

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210517